WO2019137500A1 - 一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019137500A1
WO2019137500A1 PCT/CN2019/071470 CN2019071470W WO2019137500A1 WO 2019137500 A1 WO2019137500 A1 WO 2019137500A1 CN 2019071470 W CN2019071470 W CN 2019071470W WO 2019137500 A1 WO2019137500 A1 WO 2019137500A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transport block
information
parameter
transport
transport blocks
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/071470
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
邵家枫
吕永霞
官磊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19738022.3A priority Critical patent/EP3716514A4/en
Publication of WO2019137500A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019137500A1/zh
Priority to US16/925,534 priority patent/US11533153B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1896—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0092—Indication of how the channel is divided
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0027—Scheduling of signalling, e.g. occurrence thereof
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1671—Details of the supervisory signal the supervisory signal being transmitted together with control information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H04L1/1819—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ] with retransmission of additional or different redundancy
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/189—Transmission or retransmission of more than one copy of a message
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
    • H04W52/242—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters taking into account path loss
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/30—TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/34—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/30—TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/34—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading
    • H04W52/346—TPC management, i.e. sharing limited amount of power among users or channels or data types, e.g. cell loading distributing total power among users or channels
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0473—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being transmission power
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to an information sending method, a receiving method, and an apparatus.
  • the International Telecommunication Union defines an Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communications (URLLC) service scenario for 5G and future mobile communication systems.
  • URLLC Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communications
  • the URLLC service requires extremely high latency, and the one-way transmission delay from the sender to the receiver is required to be within 0.5 milliseconds (millisecond, ms), and the transmission reliability is 99.999% within 1 ms.
  • a data packet can be sent to the receiving end for the first time at the transmitting end (referred to as: If the receiving end cannot receive the data packet correctly or cannot correctly parse the data packet, the retransmission mechanism (for example, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)) is required to retransmit the data packet ( Abbreviation: retransmission), or when the receiving end still cannot receive the retransmitted data packet or can not correctly parse the retransmitted data packet, the transmitting end can retransmit the data packet again, and finally the transmitting end will transmit the original data packet and the weight.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the transmitted data packet or the data packet that is retransmitted multiple times is combined and received to improve the performance of the receiving end. For example, if the single transmission error rate is 0.1 and the second retransmission does not perform combined reception, then the error rate of the two transmissions is two independent events that are not related to each other. Then the error rate after two transmissions is 0.01 (0.1 * 0.1). When combined reception is possible, the first transmission error rate is still 0.1, but the second transmission can use the last information to improve the error rate of this transmission and can achieve ⁇ 0.1 (the specific value depends on the receiver algorithm) Thus, the error rate of the two transmissions is ⁇ 0.1*0.1.
  • the present application provides an information sending method, a receiving method, and a device for improving uplink transmission reliability.
  • the application provides a method for sending information, including: a terminal device generates first information; and a terminal device sends first information to a network device by using at least two transport blocks, where the first information includes at least one of data and control information.
  • a terminal device generates first information
  • a terminal device sends first information to a network device by using at least two transport blocks, where the first information includes at least one of data and control information.
  • the at least two transport blocks carries the first information.
  • the at least two transport blocks transmit the first information in a copy transmission manner.
  • each transport block carries all of the same first information; and another optional manner, according to the size of information that can be carried by each transport block and/or the size of the first information.
  • each transport block carrying one or more sub-informments by each transport block to implement carrying the first information by each transport block to send the first information by using the at least two transport blocks a message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting information, by transmitting the first information of the terminal device to the network device by using at least two transport blocks, because the transport block in the at least two transport blocks can be used for joint decoding to obtain the first information,
  • the network device can obtain the first information by jointly decoding at least two transport blocks, thereby improving the reliability of the uplink transmission, since the copy transmission in the prior art is usually used for the initial transmission and used for the transmission block.
  • Retransmitted transport block, or two transport blocks for retransmission, between the transport block for initial transmission and the transport block for retransmission and two transport blocks for retransmission The transmission has a sequence, and needs to wait until the receiving end feeds back a negative response before sending, which will increase the transmission delay, and the transmission between at least two transport blocks in this application does not need to wait until the next transmission opportunity to send the weight. It also does not need to wait for the receiving end to feed back a negative response and then send it, so the transmission delay can be reduced.
  • the determining, by the terminal device, the at least two transport blocks the determining, by the terminal, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the at least two Transmitting a parameter value of at least one parameter of the block, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a first time period; a bandwidth area BWP; an encoding matrix parameter; a network identifier; a reference signal; a cell index; a joint identifier, the The joint identifier is used to indicate a transport block used for joint decoding; the terminal device determines at least two transport blocks according to the first indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks include a first transport block and a second transport block;
  • the information indicates that the first parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the first parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the first indication information indicates the first of the at least one parameter
  • the two parameters correspond to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the second parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same. Combining the parameters of each transport block allows the terminal device to transmit the transport block to the network device with various parameters.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a joint identifier corresponding to the at least two transport blocks
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, the at least two transport blocks, including: the terminal device uses multiple transport blocks.
  • the identifier of the medium transport block and the joint identifier associated with the first indication information are determined to be at least two transport blocks; or the terminal device determines the transport block that is the same as the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information as the at least Two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a joint identifier, and the DCI is used to indicate at least two transport blocks.
  • the at least two transport blocks comprise the first transport block and the second transport
  • the block, the first transport block and the second transport block satisfy at least one of the following: the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different port number groups, wherein the port numbers included in the different port number groups are The first transport block and the second transport block respectively correspond to different reference signal groups, wherein different reference signal groups include reference signals that are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different BWPs, where The indexes of different BWPs are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers.
  • the terminal device determines the at least two transport blocks, including: determining, by the terminal device Two indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a size of the transport block; a hybrid automatic retransmission Requesting a HARQ process number; new data indicating NDI; HARQ-acknowledgment ACK resource; redundancy version RV; time domain and/or frequency domain resource; first timer start time; joint identity, the joint identity is used to indicate for joint decoding a transport block; the terminal device determines at least two transport blocks according to the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block
  • the second indication information indicates that the third parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the third parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the second indication information indicates at least one
  • the fourth parameter in the parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fourth parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy at least one of the following: at least two transmissions The size of the block is equal to the size of the transport block indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the network device during the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information; at least two transport blocks a transport block received by the network device on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks being the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number indicated by the network device in the second indication information And the at least two transport blocks are determined by the network device according to the new data indicated by the second indication information, and the at least two transport blocks are the HARQ-ACK resources indicated by the network device in the second indication information. Received on; the redundancy version RV corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is the RV indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks correspond to the at least one first uplink channel
  • the method further includes the terminal device determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the priority of the first uplink channel being used for uplink power allocation.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the terminal device allocates uplink power to the at least two transport blocks according to the priority of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the uplink power is allocated to the at least two transmission blocks according to the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, so that the transmission corresponding to the first uplink channel with the higher priority is enabled.
  • the power allocated by the block is higher than the power allocated by the transport block corresponding to the first uplink channel having a lower priority.
  • the determining, by the terminal device, the priority of the at least one first uplink channel includes: The terminal device determines a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: a modulation coding mode, a physical downlink control channel, a PDCCH control channel element CCE level, and an initial configuration transmission.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a parameter value of the at least one parameter of the at least one first uplink channel level. This can make the manner in which the terminal device determines the priority of the first uplink channel more flexible.
  • the second information is transmitted by the at least one second uplink channel, the second information Different from the first information, the at least one second uplink channel overlaps with the time domain location of the at least one first uplink channel; wherein the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel, and the priority is higher by priority
  • the first uplink channel allocates uplink power, and can ensure that the transport block corresponding to the first uplink channel with high priority is reliably transmitted.
  • the number of the second uplink channel is smaller than the number of the first uplink channel.
  • the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power; or The sum of the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel and the transmit power of the second uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the modulation coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel; or determining, by the terminal device, a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel; or Determining, by the device, the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH of the at least one first uplink channel; or the terminal device according to the path loss value scale factor and/or the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel; or determining, by the terminal device, a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the cell or carrier or the BWP where the at least one first uplink channel is
  • the terminal device is configured according to the modulation coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the method includes: the at least one first uplink channel includes a first uplink channel A and a first uplink channel B, and the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B
  • the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include at least one of: a modulation order in a modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel A is higher than a modulation order in a modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel B;
  • the coded code rate in the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink channel A is lower than the coded code rate in the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink channel B; the block error rate BLER corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink
  • the terminal device is configured according to the physical downlink corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel
  • the control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level, determining the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the method includes: the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink channel A has a high priority
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel A is higher than the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel B.
  • the terminal device sends the initial configuration according to the at least one first uplink channel Determining the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, and determining, by the power P O_PUSCH , the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the method includes: the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink a priority channel is higher than the priority of the first upstream channel B, P O_PUSCH first uplink channel a is smaller than P O_PUSCH B of the first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel And determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the priority of the first uplink channel A is high.
  • the path loss value of the first uplink channel A is smaller than the path loss value of the first uplink channel B, and/or the path loss value of the first uplink channel A is smaller than the first The path loss value of the upstream channel B.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the cell where the at least one first uplink channel is located or
  • the carrier or the BWP determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, including: the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink channel A has a higher priority than the first uplink channel
  • the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include the following: the cell in which the first uplink channel A is located is the primary cell Pcell, and the cell in which the first uplink channel B is located is the secondary cell Scell;
  • the carrier index number of the carrier where the channel A is located is smaller than the carrier index number of the carrier where the first uplink channel B is located;
  • the BWP index number of the BWP where the first uplink channel A is located is smaller than the BWP index number of the BWP where the first uplink channel B is located, or
  • the at least two transport blocks belong to the first transport block group
  • the method provided by the application further includes: determining, by the terminal device, third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the second transport block group, wherein at least one included by the second transport block group
  • the second information transmitted by the transport block is different from the first information, and the time domain resources of the first transport block group and the second transport block group partially overlap or overlap.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the terminal device transmitting, by using the parameter value of the at least one parameter indicated by the third indication information, the second transport block group to the network device, where the second transport block group carries the second information .
  • the one of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission And any one of the at least two transport blocks except one transport block is used for retransmission; or at least two transport blocks are used for retransmission; or at least two transport blocks are used for initial transmission.
  • the application before the terminal device determines the at least two transport blocks, the application provides The method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to be able to copy and transmit information by using two or more transport blocks, where the information includes at least one of data and control information. Receiving the first configuration information through the terminal device, so that the terminal device enables the function of transmitting information on two or two transport blocks.
  • the time domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located partially overlap Or all overlap.
  • the application provides a method for receiving information, including: receiving, by a network device, at least two transport blocks sent by a terminal device, where the network device decodes first information transmitted by using at least two transport blocks, where the at least two transport blocks are Transmitting, with the first information, the first information includes at least one of data and control information, wherein the network device decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, including: the network device decoding the at least two transport blocks The at least one transport block obtains the first information, and/or the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the network device sending, by the network device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the at least two a parameter value of at least one parameter of the transport block, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a first time period; a bandwidth area BWP; a precoding matrix parameter; a network identifier; a reference signal; a cell index; a joint identifier, The joint identifier is used to indicate a transport block for joint decoding.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block: the first indication The information indicates that the first parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the first parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the first indication information indicates the at least one parameter
  • the second parameter corresponds to a parameter value, and the parameter values of the second parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transmission
  • the block, the first transport block and the second transport block satisfy at least one of the following: the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different port number groups, wherein the port numbers included in the different port number groups are The first transport block and the second transport block respectively correspond to different reference signal groups, wherein different reference signal groups include reference signals that are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different BWPs, where The indexes of different BWPs are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers.
  • the method provided by the application further includes: sending, by the network device, the terminal device a second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a size of the transport block; Requesting a HARQ process number; NDI; HARQ-acknowledgment ACK resource; redundancy version RV; time domain and/or frequency domain resource; first timer start time; joint identity, the joint identity is used to indicate transmission for joint decoding Piece.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transmission
  • the second indication information indicates that the third parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the third parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the second indication information indicates The fourth parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fourth parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy at least one of: at least two The size of the transport block is equal to the size of the transport block indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the network device during the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information; at least two transmissions; The block is a transport block received by the network device on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processes indicated by the network device in the second indication information.
  • the redundancy version RV corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is the RV indicated by the second indication information.
  • At least two transport blocks are used for initial transmission
  • the network device Decoding the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, comprising: the network device decoding at least one of the at least two transport blocks for the initial transmitted transport block to obtain the first information; and/or, the network device pair of at least two A plurality of transport blocks in the transport block for joint transmission are jointly decoded to obtain first information.
  • At least two transport blocks are used for retransmission, network device decoding
  • the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks includes: the network device decodes at least one of the at least two transport blocks for retransmission, to obtain the first information; and/or, the network device pairs the at least two transmissions A plurality of transport blocks for retransmission in the block are jointly decoded to obtain first information.
  • the one of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission, Retransmitting the remaining ones of the at least two transport blocks except for one transport block, the network device decoding the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, including: the network device decoding one of the at least two transport blocks for An initial transmission block, and at least one of the at least two transport blocks for retransmitting the transport block, to obtain the first information; and/or, the network device pair for the initial transmission and at least one for retransmission
  • the transport blocks are jointly decoded to obtain the first information.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first The configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to transmit information through two or more transport blocks, the information including at least one of data and control information.
  • the at least two transport blocks belong to the first transport block group
  • the method provided by the application further includes: the network device receiving the second information sent by the terminal device by using the at least one transport block included in the second transport block group, the second information being different from the first information, the first transport block group and the second transport block The time domain resources of the group overlap or overlap completely; the network device decodes the second information transmitted by the second transport block group.
  • the time domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located partially overlap Or all overlap.
  • the present application provides a wireless device, for example, the wireless device may be an information transmitting device, and the information transmitting device may implement any one of the twenty-first possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the described method of transmitting information may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the information sending apparatus includes: a determining unit, configured to determine at least two transport blocks; and a sending unit, configured to send first information to the network device by using at least two transport blocks, where the first information includes data and control At least one of the information. Wherein each of the at least two transport blocks carries the first information.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate at least one parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks a parameter value, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a first time period; a bandwidth area BWP; a precoding matrix parameter; a network identification; a reference signal; a cell index; a joint identifier, the joint identifier is used to indicate And a determining unit, configured to determine at least two transport blocks according to the first indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks include a first transport block and a second transport block;
  • the information indicates that the first parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the first parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the first indication information indicates the at least one parameter
  • the second parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the second parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a joint identifier corresponding to the at least two transport blocks
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to use the identifier of the transport block in the multiple transport blocks and the first indication information.
  • the indicated joint identity association transport block is determined to be at least two transport blocks; or the determining unit is specifically configured to determine the transport block that is the same as the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information as at least two transport blocks.
  • the apparatus further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a joint identifier, and the DCI is used to indicate at least two transport blocks.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a joint identifier, and the DCI is used to indicate at least two transport blocks.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block
  • the first transport block and the second transport block satisfy at least one of the following: the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different port number groups, wherein the port numbers included in the different port number groups are different
  • the first transport block and the second transport block respectively correspond to different reference signal groups, wherein different reference signal groups include reference signals that are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different BWPs, wherein different The index of the BWP is different; the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine second indication information, the second indication The information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a size of the transport block; a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number; NDI; HARQ- Acknowledgement ACK resource; redundancy version RV; time domain and/or frequency domain resource; first timer start time; joint identification, the joint identifier is used to indicate a transport block used for joint decoding; and the determining unit is further used according to the The second indication information determines at least two transport blocks.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block
  • the second indication information indicates that the third parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the third parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the second indication information indicates at least one
  • the fourth parameter in the parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fourth parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy at least one of the following: at least two transmissions The size of the block is equal to the size of the transport block indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the network device during the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information; at least two transport blocks a transport block received by the network device on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks being the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number indicated by the network device in the second indication information And the at least two transport blocks are determined by the network device according to the NDI indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are received by the network device on the HARQ-ACK resource indicated by the second indication information.
  • the redundancy version RV corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is the RV indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks correspond to the at least one first uplink channel
  • the determining unit And determining the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the priority of the first uplink channel is used for uplink power allocation.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine that the at least one first uplink channel is determined At least one parameter value of the at least one parameter, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: modulation coding mode, physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level, initial configuration transmission power P O_PUSCH , path loss value scale factor and / Or a path loss value, a cell or a carrier or a BWP; the determining unit is further configured to determine a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the parameter value of the at least one parameter of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the second information is transmitted by the at least one second uplink channel, and the second The information is different from the first information, and the at least one second uplink channel overlaps with the time domain location of the at least one first uplink channel; wherein the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the number of the second uplink channel is smaller than the number of the first uplink channel.
  • the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power; or The sum of the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel and the transmit power of the second uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the modulation coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel; or determining, by the terminal device, a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel; or Determining, by the device, the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH of the at least one first uplink channel; or the terminal device according to the path loss value scale factor and/or the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel; or determining, by the terminal device, a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the cell or carrier or the BWP where the at least one first uplink channel is located
  • the terminal device is configured according to the modulation coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel Determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the method includes: the at least one first uplink channel includes a first uplink channel A and a first uplink channel B, and the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B
  • the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include at least one of: a modulation order in a modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel A is higher than a modulation order in a modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel B;
  • the coded code rate in the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink channel A is lower than the coded code rate in the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink channel B; the block error rate BLER corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the first uplink
  • the terminal device is configured according to the physical downlink corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel
  • the control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level, determining the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, the method includes: the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink channel A has a high priority
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel A is higher than the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel B.
  • the terminal device sends the initial configuration according to the at least one first uplink channel Determining the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, and determining, by the power P O_PUSCH , the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink a priority channel is higher than the priority of the first upstream channel B, P O_PUSCH first uplink channel a is smaller than P O_PUSCH B of the first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel And determining a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the priority of the first uplink channel A is high.
  • the path loss value of the first uplink channel A is smaller than the path loss value of the first uplink channel B, and/or the path loss value of the first uplink channel A is smaller than the first The path loss value of the upstream channel B.
  • the terminal device is configured according to the cell where the at least one first uplink channel is located or
  • the carrier or the BWP determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, including: the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink channel A has a higher priority than the first uplink channel
  • the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include the following: the cell in which the first uplink channel A is located is the primary cell Pcell, and the cell in which the first uplink channel B is located is the secondary cell Scell;
  • the carrier index number of the carrier where the channel A is located is smaller than the carrier index number of the carrier where the first uplink channel B is located;
  • the BWP index number of the BWP where the first uplink channel A is located is smaller than the BWP index number of the BWP where the first uplink channel B is located, or
  • the at least two transport blocks belong to the first transport block group
  • the device provided by the application further includes: a receiving unit, configured to determine third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the second transport block group, where the second transport block group is included
  • the second information transmitted by the at least one transport block is different from the first information, and the time domain resources of the first transport block group and the second transport block group partially overlap or overlap.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: transmit, by the parameter value of the at least one parameter indicated by the third indication information, the second transport block group, where the second transport block group carries the second information.
  • one of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission , the remaining transport blocks except one transport block of the at least two transport blocks are used for retransmission; or at least two transport blocks are used for retransmission; at least two transport blocks are used for initial transmission.
  • the receiving unit provided by the application is further configured to receive the first Configuration information, the first configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to be able to copy and transmit information through two or more transport blocks, the information including at least one of data and control information.
  • the time domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located partially overlap Or all overlap.
  • the present application further provides a wireless device, including: a processor and a transmitter, where the processor is configured to determine at least two transport blocks, and the transmitter is further configured to send to the network device by using at least two transport blocks. First information. Wherein each of the at least two transport blocks carries the first information.
  • the transmitter is configured to support the wireless device to perform the operation of performing information/data transmission on the wireless device side as described in any one of the above first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the apparatus further includes a receiver, configured to support the wireless device to perform the operation of performing information/data reception on the wireless device side as described in any one of the foregoing first aspect to the first aspect, the processor is further configured to perform The operation of performing information/data processing on the wireless device side as described in any of the above first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the wireless device in this application further includes: a bus and a memory, the memory is used to store code and data, and the processor, the receiver, the transmitter, and the memory are connected by a bus.
  • the information sending device may be a terminal device or a chip disposed in the terminal device, and the information transmitting device may include at least one processor.
  • the at least one processor is configured to transmit the information in the method described in any one of the twenty-first possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the first aspect, by executing an instruction to support the information transmitting apparatus Related operations of message processing or control performed on the device side.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the information transmission device may further include a communication interface for supporting communication between the information transmitting device and other network elements (for example, network devices).
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the information transmitting device in performing the method described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the twenty-first possible implementation manner of the first aspect
  • the transmitting device performs related operations of message reception and transmission.
  • the information transmitting apparatus may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the communication interface, and the at least one processor may be interconnected by a bus.
  • the present application provides an information receiving apparatus, which can implement the information receiving method described in any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the second aspect to the second aspect.
  • the information receiving device may be a network device or a chip disposed in the network device.
  • the above method can be implemented by software, hardware, or by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the application provides an information receiving apparatus, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive at least two transport blocks sent by a terminal device, and a decoding unit, configured to decode first information transmitted by using at least two transport blocks, where And transmitting at least one of the at least two transport blocks, where the first information includes at least one of data and control information, where the decoding unit is specifically configured to: decode at least one of the at least two transport blocks Blocking, obtaining the first information, and/or, jointly decoding the plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the apparatus provided by the present application further includes: a sending unit, configured to send, to the terminal device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the corresponding At least one parameter of the at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a first time period; a bandwidth region BWP; a precoding matrix parameter; a network identifier; a reference signal; a cell index; A joint identity, where the joint identity is used to indicate a transport block for joint decoding.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block: the first indication The information indicates that the first parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the first parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the first indication information indicates the at least one parameter
  • the second parameter corresponds to a parameter value, and the parameter values of the second parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transport block
  • the first transport block and the second transport block satisfy at least one of the following: the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different port number groups, wherein the port numbers included in the different port number groups are different
  • the first transport block and the second transport block respectively correspond to different reference signal groups, wherein different reference signal groups include reference signals that are different; the first transport block and the second transport block are mapped in different BWPs, wherein different The index of the BWP is different; the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the second indication information to the terminal device
  • the second indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter comprising one or more of the following parameters: a size of the transport block; a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process No.; NDI; HARQ-acknowledgment ACK resource; redundancy version RV; time domain and/or frequency domain resource; first timer start time; joint identity, the joint identifier is used to indicate a transport block for joint decoding.
  • the at least two transport blocks include the first transport block and the second transmission
  • the second indication information indicates that the third parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the parameter values of the third parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are different; and/or the second indication information indicates The fourth parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fourth parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy at least one of the following: at least two The size of the transport block is equal to the size of the transport block indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the network device during the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information; at least two transmissions; The block is a transport block received by the network device on the time domain and/or the frequency domain resource indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport blocks are hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processes indicated by the network device in the second indication information.
  • the redundancy version RV corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is the RV indicated by the second indication information.
  • the decoding unit Specifically, the method is configured to: decode at least one of the at least two transport blocks for the initial transmitted transport block to obtain the first information; and/or, for the first one of the at least two transport blocks The transport block is jointly decoded to obtain the first information.
  • At least two transport blocks are used for retransmission, a decoding unit, The method is specifically configured to: decode at least one transport block for retransmission of at least two transport blocks to obtain first information; and/or transmit multiple transmissions for retransmission to at least two transport blocks The block is jointly decoded to obtain the first information.
  • one of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission, The remaining transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks except for one transport block are used for retransmission, and the decoding unit is specifically configured to perform the following steps: decoding one transport block of the at least two transport blocks for initial transmission, and at least two At least one of the transport blocks for retransmission, the first information is obtained; and/or the transport block for the initial transmission and the at least one transport block for retransmission are jointly decoded to obtain the first information.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first configuration information to the terminal device
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to be able to copy and transmit information through two or more transport blocks, the information including at least one of data and control information.
  • the sending unit of the application is further configured to send the third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to the at least one parameter of the second transport block group, and is transmitted by the second transport block group.
  • the second information is different from the first information, and the time domain resources of the first transport block group and the second transport block group partially overlap or overlap.
  • the receiving unit provided by the application is configured to receive a second transport block group sent by the terminal device, and the decoding unit is further configured to decode the second information transmitted by the second transport block group.
  • the time domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located partially overlap Or all overlap.
  • the present application further provides a wireless device, including: a processor and a receiver, where the receiver is configured to receive at least two transport blocks sent by the terminal device; and the processor is configured to decode through at least two transport blocks. Transmitting the first information, the first information includes at least one of data and control information, where the processor is specifically configured to: decode at least one of the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information, and/or, The first information is obtained by jointly decoding a plurality of transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks.
  • the receiver is configured to support the wireless device to perform the operation of performing information/data reception on the wireless device side as described in any one of the foregoing second aspect to the second aspect
  • the device further comprising: a transmitter, configured to support The wireless device implements the operation of performing information/data transmission on the wireless device side as described in any one of the above second aspect to the second aspect; the processor is further configured to perform the method described in any one of the second aspect to the second aspect described above The operation of information/data processing is performed on the wireless device side.
  • the wireless device in this application further includes: a bus and a memory, the memory is used to store code and data, and the processor, the transmitter, the receiver, and the memory are connected by a bus.
  • the information receiving device may be a network device or a chip disposed in the network device, and the information receiving device may include at least one processor.
  • the at least one processor is configured to perform the instruction in the method to support the information receiving apparatus to perform the method described in any one of the above-mentioned second aspect to the twelfth possible implementation of the second aspect in the information receiving apparatus The related operations of message processing or control performed on the side.
  • the apparatus may further comprise a memory for coupling with the at least one processor, which stores programs (instructions) and data necessary for the device.
  • the information receiving device may further include a communication interface for supporting communication between the information receiving device and other network elements (eg, terminal devices).
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, wherein the transceiver circuit is configured to support the information receiving device in performing the method described in any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the second aspect to the second aspect
  • the device side performs related operations of message reception and transmission.
  • the information receiving device may further include a bus, wherein the memory, the communication interface, and the at least one processor may be interconnected by a bus.
  • the present application provides an information transmission system, including at least one terminal device described in any one of the third aspects, and the network device described in any of the fifth aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when executed, cause a twenty-first possible implementation of the first aspect to the first aspect The information transmission method described in the above is performed.
  • the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when executed, cause a second aspect to a twelfth possible implementation of the second aspect The described information receiving method is performed.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, wherein a computer program product stores instructions for causing a terminal device to perform the twenty-first possible aspect of the first aspect to the first aspect when the instruction is executed
  • the application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, wherein a computer program product stores instructions, when the instructions are executed, causing the network device to perform the twelfth possible aspect of the second aspect to the second aspect
  • the present application provides a chip system for use in an information transmitting apparatus, the chip system including at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to run the instruction to The information transmitting method described in any one of the twenty-first possible implementation manners of the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system for use in an information transmission apparatus, the chip system including at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to run the instruction to The information receiving method described in any one of the twelfth possible implementations of the second aspect to the second aspect.
  • the chip system described above in the application further includes at least one memory, where the at least one memory stores an instruction.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a base station provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a base station provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 1 of an interaction of an information sending and receiving method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart 2 of an interaction between an information sending and receiving method provided by the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system provided by the present application.
  • a combination decoding mechanism refers to a mechanism in which a receiving end combines initial transmission information with at least one retransmission information or combines multiple retransmission information to decode target information, which may also be referred to as merge decoding.
  • the information transmission method and device are used to solve the problem that the service in the communication system has high reliability requirements, and the error rate is low, for example, 10e -4 , 10e -5 , 10e -6 , and the transmission delay is small.
  • a joint decoding mechanism is generally used for data transmitted in one channel, and a joint decoding mechanism is generally classified into chase combing (CC) or Incremental Redundancy (IR). Soft combining can be understood as: In the pure HARQ mechanism, the received error packets are directly discarded.
  • the soft combining is to use this part of information, that is, to store the received error data packet in the memory and combine it with the retransmitted data packet for decoding, thereby improving the transmission efficiency.
  • Incremental redundancy can be understood as: sending an extra redundant bit by retransmission by transmitting an information bit and a part of redundant bits on the first transmission. If the first transmission is not successfully decoded, the channel coding rate can be reduced by retransmitting more redundant bits, thereby improving the decoding success rate. If the redundant bit added with retransmission still cannot be decoded normally, it will be retransmitted again.
  • the terminal device transmits the first information to the network device by using multiple transport blocks, so that after receiving the first information transmitted by the multiple transport blocks, the network device may perform the bearer in multiple transport blocks by using HARQ combining.
  • the information is combined to determine the first information.
  • the "merging" in the present application may be a soft combination, or a combination of incremental redundancy, or other methods, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method and the device are based on the same inventive concept. Since the principles of the method and the device for solving the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated description is not repeated.
  • the sending end can bring performance gain through joint decoding, the corresponding transmitting end needs to perform duplicate transmission. That is, the sender transmits the same information or information from the same information source on different transport blocks.
  • the copy transmission behavior of the terminal device needs to be indicated by the network device, that is, the terminal device needs to determine, according to the indication information, which transport block is the first information. Copy the transfer.
  • the sending end is a network device and the receiving end is a terminal device
  • the network device can directly perform the copy transmission, and send indication information before or during the copy transmission, for indicating the joint device to perform joint decoding, or the performance benefit of joint decoding. .
  • first, second, and the like in this application are only used to distinguish different objects, and the order is not limited.
  • first transport block and the second transport block are only for distinguishing between different transport blocks, and are not limited in their order.
  • Combining/combining generally involves the combination of information in a transport block or a transport block, such as multiple transport block (TB) merges, partial or partial merging of multiple TBs, etc., combined decoding can be understood as based on The information in the plurality of transport blocks or the plurality of transport blocks is jointly decoded or decoded to obtain the first information transmitted through the plurality of transport blocks.
  • TB transport block
  • Duplicate Generally, it involves the repetition or duplication of information in a transport block or a transport block. For example, multiple transport block merges, some or all of the information in multiple TBs are the same information, etc.
  • Copy transport can be understood as multiple transport blocks. Or the same information is transmitted on the information in the plurality of transport blocks to facilitate joint decoding or decoding at the receiving end, and copy and transmit the same first information transmitted through the plurality of transport blocks.
  • multiple transport blocks respectively copy all information of one transport block transmitted, multiple transport blocks copy and transmit partial information of one transport block, and multiple transport blocks generate specific forms based on the same data source. Different first information, such as first information with different redundancy versions, and the like.
  • Initial transmission refers to the data/information that the terminal device sends to the network device or other terminal device for the first time, or the information received by the network device (other terminal device) for the first time is determined as the initial transmission information.
  • the network device The information received for the first time may also be information that the terminal device retransmits.
  • Retransmission refers to the error or lost data/information of the terminal device for retransmission.
  • the retransmitted information can be merged with the originally transmitted information, and the combined information is decoded.
  • Multi-carrier Also known as carrier aggregation (CA), the spectrum of two or more component carriers are aggregated together to obtain a wider transmission bandwidth, and the spectrum of each component carrier can be adjacent.
  • the continuous spectrum may also be a non-adjacent spectrum in the same frequency band or even a discontinuous spectrum in a different frequency band.
  • the user equipment can simultaneously use multiple component carriers for data transmission or reception according to its capabilities and service requirements.
  • the CA system is a carrier under the same base station, or a macro cell with an ideal backhaul and a carrier aggregation under the micro cell.
  • the macro cell and the micro cell are connected through a fiber (the micro cell may also be a radio frequency). Head), so that the information base stations carried on the multiple carriers can be obtained in time, the network device can perform joint scheduling on multiple carriers, and the downlink transmissions of multiple cells in the CA system are synchronous, and the error is less than 260 ns.
  • the terminal device may send information to the network device through multiple transport blocks, or multiple code blocks, or multiple code block groups over the same time period of carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • TB code block
  • CB group CBG
  • a CBG includes one or more CBs.
  • a TB includes one or more CBs and may also include one or more CBGs.
  • Multilayer (layer) transmission Supports large-scale antenna technology MIMO in the NR system, including: time domain, frequency domain, and airspace for resources for transmitting data.
  • the multi-layer transmission belongs to the orthogonality of utilizing the airspace, that is, by utilizing the orthogonality of the transmission channel space, the terminal device can transmit data to the network device through multiple spatial channels.
  • a codeword (CW) can be mapped to the maximum of 4 layers. If the transmission is greater than 4 layers, then two codewords CW are mapped.
  • the standard CW is also called a transport block.
  • BWP Multi-bandwidth part
  • BWP is introduced in NR, and multiple BWPs can be configured in one carrier.
  • the current use of the BWP can refer to the use of the LTE carrier, which is not described in this application.
  • the high layer signaling in the present application may refer to signaling sent by a higher layer protocol layer, and the upper layer protocol layer is at least one of a plurality of protocol layers above the physical layer.
  • the upper layer protocol layer may be at least one of the following protocol layers: a medium access control (MAC) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, and a packet data convergence protocol (packet).
  • MAC medium access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • packet packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP Data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non access stratum
  • FIG. 1 shows a communication system architecture applied by an information transmission method provided by the present application, including: a terminal device 130 accessing a wireless network to acquire an external network (such as the Internet) through a wireless network. Service, or communicate with other terminals over a wireless network.
  • the wireless network includes an access network (taking a radio access network (RAN) as an example) 110 and a core network (CN) 120, wherein the RAN 110 is configured to connect the terminal device 130 to the wireless network, CN120.
  • RAN radio access network
  • CN core network
  • a gateway for managing terminal devices and providing communication with an external network.
  • the terminal device in this application may also be referred to as a terminal, or may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal (Access Terminal), user unit (User Unit), user station (User Station), mobile.
  • UE user equipment
  • Access Terminal Access Terminal
  • User Unit user unit
  • User Station mobile.
  • Mobile Station Mobile, Remote Station, Remote Terminal, Mobile Equipment, User Terminal, Wireless Telecom Equipment, User User Agent, User Equipment, or User Device.
  • the terminal device may be a station (STAION, ST) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), and may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, or a wireless local loop (wireless local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA) device, handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device, and next-generation communication system, For example, a terminal device in a fifth-generation (5G) network or a terminal device in a publicly evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a new radio (NR) communication system Terminal equipment, etc.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • PLMN publicly evolved public land mobile network
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • a wearable device which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the network device may be a device that communicates with the terminal device, for example, may be an access point (AP) in the WLAN, a base transceiver station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be in WCDMA.
  • a base station (NodeB, NB) which may also be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or an access point, or an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future 5G network or a future A network device in an evolved PLMN network, or a new generation Node B (gNodeB) in the NR system.
  • the network device provides a service for the cell
  • the terminal communicates with the network device by using a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • a transmission resource for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource
  • the cell may be a network device
  • the cell corresponding to the base station the cell may belong to the macro base station, or may belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. Pico cell), femto cell, etc.
  • These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed information transmission services.
  • multiple carriers can work at the same frequency on the carrier in the LTE system or the NR system.
  • the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered to be equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered to be equivalent, for example, the UE accessing one carrier and accessing one cell are equivalent.
  • the future access network can be implemented by a cloud radio access network (C-RAN) architecture
  • C-RAN cloud radio access network
  • one possible way is to divide the protocol stack architecture and functions of the traditional base station into two parts, one part is called concentration.
  • a central unit (CU) another part is called a distributed unit (DU), and the actual deployment mode of CU and DU is flexible.
  • the CU parts of multiple base stations are integrated to form a large-scale function. entity.
  • FIG. 2 it is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture includes a CN device and a RAN device.
  • the RAN device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device, wherein the baseband device may be implemented by one node or multiple nodes, and the radio frequency device may be independently implemented from the baseband device, or may be integrated into the baseband device, or partially extended. Integrated in the baseband unit.
  • a RAN device eNB
  • eNB includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device, wherein the radio frequency device can be remotely disposed relative to the baseband device (eg, a radio remote unit (RRU) relative to the baseband processing unit
  • the RAN device is implemented by a node, which is used to implement the functions of protocol layers such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC.
  • the baseband device may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU), and multiple DUs may be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • the CU and the DU may be divided according to a protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and a function of the above protocol layer are set in a CU, a protocol layer below the PDCP, for example, The functions of radio link control (RLC) and media access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • the division of the protocol layer is only an example, and can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and the above protocol layer are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Alternatively, in a certain protocol layer, for example, a part of the function of the RLC layer and a function of a protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it may be divided in other manners, for example, according to the delay division, the function that needs to meet the delay requirement in the processing time is set in the DU, and the function that does not need to meet the delay requirement is set in the CU.
  • the radio frequency device can be extended, not placed in the DU, or integrated in the DU, or partially extended in the DU, without any limitation.
  • control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) of the CU can be separated and divided into different entities to implement control.
  • the signaling generated by the CU may be sent to the terminal through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal may be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU may transparently transmit the signaling to the terminal or the CU through protocol layer encapsulation without parsing the signaling.
  • the transmission or reception of the signaling by the DU includes such a scenario.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer will eventually be processed as a physical layer (PHY) signaling to the terminal, or by the signaling of the received PHY layer.
  • the signaling of the RRC or PDCP layer may also be considered to be sent by the DU or sent by the DU and the radio.
  • the CU is divided into network devices in the RAN.
  • the CU may be divided into network devices in the CN, which is not limited herein.
  • the device in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in a terminal device or a network device according to the functions implemented thereby.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • FIG. 4 shows a flow of an information sending method and an information receiving method provided by the present application, including:
  • the terminal device determines at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device sends the first information by using at least two transport blocks, where the first information includes at least one of data and control information.
  • the information carried in the at least two transport blocks may be part of the first information, or at least two transmissions.
  • the first information or the information containing the first information is carried in the block, or at least two transport blocks are the same transport block.
  • the information carried in the at least two transport blocks can be used by the network device to obtain the first information.
  • the information carried by each of the at least two transport blocks is a part of the first information, and the first information is A, and the first information includes a1, a2, and a3, and the terminal device can pass
  • the transport block 1 transmitting a1, the transport block 2 transmitting a2, and the transport block 3 transmitting a3 transmit the first information to the network device.
  • a1 and a2 may also be transmitted to the network device through the transport block 2
  • a3 may be transmitted to the network device through the transport block 2.
  • the information carried by each of the at least two transport blocks is a part of the first information
  • the first information is information of one transport block
  • the first information includes three CBGs
  • the terminal device can The first information is transmitted to the network device through the transport block 1, the transport block 2, and the transport block 3 by transmitting CBG1 in transport block 1, CBG2 through transport block 2, and CBG3 through transport block 3.
  • the information carried in each of the at least two transport blocks is the information including the first information
  • the first information is CBG1
  • the terminal device may transmit the CBG1 through the transport block 1, and transmit the CBG1 through the transport block 2, and
  • the CBG1 is transmitted through the transport block 3 to transmit the first information to the network device.
  • the first information may be information of one or more TBs, or may be information of one or more CBs, or may be information of one or more CBGs.
  • the first information may be divided into multiple sub-informments according to the size of the information that each transport block can carry and/or the size of the first information, to carry one or more sub-informments with each transport block.
  • the information carried in at least two transport blocks can be regarded as the same information or information having the same information source in the present application.
  • At least two transport blocks in this application are used to carry the same information or information having the same information source.
  • the network device receives at least two transport blocks sent by the terminal device.
  • the network device decodes the first information that is transmitted by the terminal device through the at least two transport blocks.
  • S104 in this application may be implemented by: the network device decoding at least one of the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information. And/or, the network device jointly decodes the two or more transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the following process relates to the process of decoding, by the network device, the information transmitted by one transport block group by referring to the description herein, that is, decoding at least one transport block in the transport block group to obtain the first information, or for at least two transport blocks. Multiple transport blocks in the joint decoding result to obtain the first information.
  • the network device jointly decodes the first information in multiple transmission blocks of the at least two transport blocks, including the following two situations: one case is in the network device, at least two transport blocks in the application. In the case that the transport block fails to be decoded separately, the network device may jointly decode the plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information. In another case, the network device does not decode separately, but directly decodes multiple transport blocks in at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information. For the conditions of correct decoding or error decoding, the embodiments of the present application will be explained below.
  • the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment may also be replaced with another terminal device, that is, information transmission between two terminal devices.
  • the above is only an example of information transmission between the terminal device and the network device. It is understood that the above method is also applicable to information transmission between two terminal devices or multiple terminal devices.
  • the present application relates to a network.
  • the step of the device may be performed by another terminal device that sends the first information to the terminal device, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device has the capability of transmitting information through multiple transport blocks
  • the plurality of transport blocks need to carry the same information or information having the same information source, resulting in low system transmission efficiency. Therefore, when a network device needs to ensure high reliability transmission, the network device configures the capability of enabling the terminal device to transmit information through multiple transport blocks.
  • the network device can decode the first information transmitted through the at least two transport blocks when receiving at least two transport blocks. Therefore, optionally, as another embodiment of the present application, before the S101, the application further includes: the terminal device receiving the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to pass two or more The transport block copies the transport information, and the information includes at least one of data and control information.
  • the method for determining the first configuration information by the terminal device is not limited.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first configuration information from the network device, or obtain the first configuration information from other terminal devices that perform information transmission with the terminal device. .
  • the first configuration information is sent to the terminal device as an example.
  • the application before the terminal device determines the first configuration information, the application further includes: S105: The network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device. S106. The terminal device determines the first configuration information according to the information received from the network device.
  • the purpose of the first configuration information is to configure the terminal device to be able to copy the transmission, and does not mean that the terminal device immediately starts performing the copy transmission.
  • the terminal device also needs to receive indication information for determining at least two transport blocks of the duplicate transmission to determine whether a plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks need to be copied for transmission.
  • the first configuration information may also be used to configure the terminal device not to perform replication transmission. In this case, even if the terminal device receives the indication information for determining at least two transport blocks of the duplicate transmission, the copy transmission is not performed.
  • the network device may send the first configuration information to the terminal device when the terminal device needs to receive the high-reliability transmission sent by the terminal device, or when the terminal device determines that the high-reliability transmission needs to be sent to the network device.
  • Sending a first request message to the network device where the first request message is used to indicate that the network device configures, for the terminal device, a function that can be copied and transmitted to multiple transport blocks, or a first report capability message, where the first report capability message is used.
  • S105 and S106 in the present application is to configure the terminal device to enable the function of copying and transmitting a plurality of transport blocks.
  • the S105 and S106 may be omitted, that is, S105 and S106 are optional.
  • the terminal device may not perform the copy transmission on the two or more transport blocks when the two or more transport blocks are sent. That is, the terminal device may consider that the information in the two or more transport blocks sent to the network device is different information or information having different information sources, in which case the terminal device does not initiate the copy transmission.
  • the operation of a transport block may be considered that the information in the two or more transport blocks sent to the network device is different information or information having different information sources, in which case the terminal device does not initiate the copy transmission. The operation of a transport block.
  • the first configuration information in the present application is uplink (that is, a process in which the terminal device sends multiple transport blocks to the network device, and the network device receives the first information through multiple transport blocks).
  • the second configuration information may also exist, where the second configuration information is downlink (that is, a process in which the network device sends at least two transport blocks to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first information through the at least two transport blocks). That is, the uplink and the downlink may be separately configured, and the network device may configure the first configuration information and/or the second configuration information for the terminal device. If the uplink information of the terminal device requires high-reliability transmission, the first configuration information is configured. If the downlink information of the terminal device requires high-reliability transmission, the second configuration information is configured, and the flexible configuration can improve the efficiency of receiving or sending the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting information, by transmitting the first information of the terminal device to the network device by using at least two transport blocks, because the transport block in the at least two transport blocks can be used for joint decoding to obtain the first information,
  • the network device can obtain the first information by jointly decoding at least two transport blocks, thereby improving the reliability of the uplink transmission, since the copy transmission in the prior art is usually used for the initial transmission and used for the transmission block.
  • Retransmitted transport block, or two transport blocks for retransmission, between the transport block for initial transmission and the transport block for retransmission and two transport blocks for retransmission The transmission has a sequence, and needs to wait until the receiving end feeds back a negative response before sending, which will increase the transmission delay, and the transmission between at least two transport blocks in this application does not need to wait until the next transmission opportunity to send the weight. It also does not need to wait for the receiving end to feed back a negative response and then send it, so the transmission delay can be reduced.
  • multiple transport blocks are carried on at least one physical downlink shared channel (also referred to as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • one PDSCH carries at most two transport blocks. In other words, when the number of multiple transport blocks is greater than three, at least two PDSCH channels are required for transmitting the multiple transport blocks.
  • the terminal device can determine that the first information can be transmitted through multiple transport blocks.
  • the terminal device can determine at least two transport blocks in multiple manners. Therefore, one possible implementation manner of S101 is:
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, the at least one parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: a first time period Bandwidth area BWP; precoding matrix parameter; network identity; reference signal; cell index; joint identity, which is used to indicate a transport block for copy transmission.
  • the parameter indicated by the first indication information in the application further includes: a parameter such as a time domain resource and/or a frequency domain resource, a port number group, for example, a DMRS port.
  • a parameter such as a time domain resource and/or a frequency domain resource, a port number group, for example, a DMRS port.
  • the first indication information in the application may be sent to the terminal device by the network device, or the terminal device itself is configured or predefined.
  • the method provided by the present application further includes: S107: The network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the S1011 may be: the terminal The device determines the information received from the network device as the first indication information.
  • the determining, by the terminal device, the first indication information in the application may be determined by dynamic signaling or high-layer signaling or a predefined definition, where the dynamic signaling is generally indication information carried in downlink control information (DCI). .
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, at least two transport blocks.
  • first transport block and a second transport block in at least two transport blocks, where the first transport block and the second transport block are any two transport blocks of at least two transport blocks, or
  • One transport block represents one or more transport blocks of at least two transport blocks
  • the second transport block represents one or more transport blocks of at least two transport blocks, the first transport block and the second transport block in the present application Does not have any indicative meaning.
  • the first information can be sent to the network device by using at least two transport blocks, where the at least two transport blocks are used for copy transmission, so that the network device is received.
  • the terminal device in the present application uses the identifier of the transport block in the multiple transport blocks according to the first indication information.
  • the transport block that is the same as or associated with the parameter indicated by the first indication information is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the resource where two or more transport blocks exist in the multiple transport blocks is on the time-frequency resource indicated by the first indication information, or in the first time period, the terminal device It is determined that two or more transport blocks transmitted on the time-frequency resource indicated by the first indication information or transmitted within the first time period are available for copy transmission.
  • the at least two transport blocks include a first transport block and a second transport block; the first indication information indicates that the first parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the first The parameter value of the parameter is different; and/or, the first indication information indicates that the second parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the second parameter corresponding to the first transmission block and the second transmission block are the same.
  • the first parameter in the application may be one or more of the parameters indicated by the first indication information, or may be other parameters, and the second parameter may be in the parameter indicated by the first indication information.
  • One or more may also be other parameters, and a plurality of different parameters indicated by the first indication information may be used in combination to determine at least two transport blocks.
  • the first parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first BWP and a second BWP, wherein the first transport block corresponds to the first BWP, and the second transport block corresponds to the second BWP.
  • the first parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first BWP and a second BWP
  • the second parameter is a first time period
  • the first transport block corresponds to the first BWP
  • the second transport block corresponds to a second BWP
  • the first transport block and the second transport block have the same first time period
  • the second parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first time period, wherein the first transport block and the second transport block have the same first time period.
  • the first parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first port number group and a second port number group
  • the corresponding second parameter is a first time domain resource
  • the first transport block corresponds to the first port number
  • the second transport block corresponds to the second port number group
  • the first transport block and the second transport block have the same first time domain resource.
  • the first indication information indicates that the second parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to a parameter value, and the parameter value is a joint identifier, and the joint identifiers corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the at least two transport blocks according to the first indication information is different. Therefore, the specific implementation of S1012 will be introduced in combination with the specific content of the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a joint identifier corresponding to at least two transport blocks, and the joint identifier is used to indicate a transport block of the duplicate transmission.
  • the terminal device associates the identifier of the transport block in the plurality of transport blocks with the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information or the terminal device determines the transport block that is the same as the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information as the at least two transport blocks. That is, the terminal device determines that the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information is associated with the at least two transport blocks or the identifiers of the at least two transport blocks before transmitting the at least two transport blocks to the network device.
  • the joint identifier in the present application may be an index associated with a plurality of transport blocks, and the terminal device determines an identifier corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks, such that the terminal device sends at least two transport blocks associated with the index of the joint identifier, the at least two transmissions
  • the block is a copy transfer.
  • the transport block 1, the transport block 2, and the transport block 3 are transport blocks in the first transport block group, and the transport block 4 and the transport block 5 are transport blocks in the second transport block group.
  • the transport block 1, the transport block 2, and the transport block 3 can be respectively scheduled by three downlink control information (DCI), or can be corresponding to the same DCI. That is, the network device indicates, by using the joint identifier carried in the DCI, whether the terminal device sends information having the same information source or the same information in multiple transport blocks, that is, whether the copy transmission is performed in multiple transport blocks, and the DCI may It is the DCI that schedules the transport block, or it can be other DCI.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the joint identifier in the present application may be indication information, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information indicates that multiple transport blocks associated with the first indication information may be used to transmit the same information or The information having the same information source may also be used for copy transmission, and the second indication information indicates that the transport block associated with the second indication information is not available for copy transmission, that is, transmitting different information or information of different information sources, such that the terminal device
  • the transport block for the duplicate transmission can be determined according to the same indication information.
  • the information in the transport block is the same information or the same information source, and the information in the transport block with different joint identifiers is different information.
  • the same information source refers to the same physical layer transmission bit sequence after modulation coding, redundancy version, mapping time-frequency domain resources, due to modulation coding mode, redundancy version, mapping resource or other factors
  • the actual transmission of the first information that may result in the final transmission is different, ie the same information source can be used for joint decoding.
  • different information sources even if the actual transmission form is the same, can not be jointly decoded due to different information, it can be understood that if the joint decoding will not be correctly decoded, no matter how many times.
  • the terminal device transmits the same information to the network device by using the codeword 1 and the codeword 2, and the terminal device associates the codeword 1 and the codeword 2 with the joint identifier 1 Association.
  • the terminal device carries different information in codeword 1 and codeword 2.
  • the terminal device determines that the joint identifier corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is 0, it can determine that different information is transmitted in the codeword 1 and the codeword 2, or information with different information sources, so that the network device does not Codeword 1 and Codeword 2 are used for joint decoding, that is, the terminal device can transmit information A through codeword 1, and transmit information B through codeword 2, where information A and information B are different. It can be understood that the codeword 1 and the codeword 2 may be corresponding to the same DCI scheduling, and may also be corresponding to different DCI scheduling.
  • the joint identifier in the present application may also correspond to a transport block group, that is, use the joint identifier to indicate whether to transmit information through at least one transport block included in a transport block group.
  • Table 1 Table 4 shows the joint identification provided by the present application.
  • Transport block not used for copy transfer 10 For copying the transport block in the first transport block group 01
  • Joint logo 2 Indication 00 CW cannot be used for copy transfer 10
  • the first CW can be used for copy transmission 01
  • the second CW can be used for copy transmission 11
  • First CW and second CW can be used for copy transmission
  • the joint identifier may be a joint identifier 1 and/or a joint identifier 2, that is, the two joint identifiers may exist only one or two.
  • the joint identifier 2 is used to indicate whether the terminal device performs a copy transmission when the transport block is sent at different layers, for example, the joint identifier 2.
  • the size of the joint identifier 2 may be 1 bit.
  • the joint identifier 1 is used to indicate whether the transport block of the terminal device between carriers or between BWPs can be copied and transmitted.
  • Joint identity 2 is used to indicate whether transport blocks between different layers are available for copy transmission.
  • the joint identifier 1 is used to identify whether the frequency domain resources are used for copy transmission.
  • the joint identifier 10 corresponding to the transport block on carrier 1 and carrier 2 can be used for joint decoding, and carrier 1 and carrier 2 are on the first frequency domain resource group. Further, whether CW1 and CW2 transmitted in carrier 1 can be used for copy transmission or separately. So there are three possible ways to merge at this point:
  • Carrier 1 and CW1 on Carrier 2 are used together for copy transmission.
  • Carrier 1 and CW2 on Carrier 2 are used together for copy transmission.
  • Possible 8 CW1 and CW2 on carrier 1 are used together with CW1 on carrier 2 for copy transmission.
  • Possibility 9 CW1 and CW2 on carrier 1 are used together with CW2 on carrier 2 for copy transmission.
  • the first frequency domain resource group can be used for copy transmission 01
  • the second frequency domain resource group can be used for copy transmission 11
  • the third frequency domain resource group can be used for copy transmission
  • the terminal device determines, according to the joint identifier indicated by the first indication information, whether to transmit at least two transport blocks to the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the first indication information, where the first indication information corresponds to the first time period of the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device belongs to the first indication according to the time information of the multiple transport blocks.
  • the transport block in the time period indicated by the information is determined to be at least two transport blocks, so that the network device can determine the transport block received in the first time period indicated by the first indication information as a transmission usable for joint decoding. Piece.
  • the terminal device determines the plurality of transport blocks in the first time period as at least two transport blocks.
  • the start time of the first time period is a time point + K symbols or time slots when the terminal device receives the first indication information, where K is greater than or equal to 0, of course, the start of the first time period
  • the time may also be indicated by the network device in the first indication information.
  • the duration of the first time period may be a predefined time length, or may be indicated in the second indication information or other information, and the application does not limited.
  • the first indication information may be information used to indicate the first time period, and may be a first time period, or may be an index associated with the first time period. That is to say, it can be understood that the transport blocks in the first time period can be used for copy transmission.
  • Exemplary 1 the index number of the time slot or symbol indicated by the first indication information. It can be understood that when the first indication information indicates symbol 0 to symbol 6, the terminal device will transmit at least two transport blocks on symbols 0 to 6. Exemplarily, the time slot indicated by the first indication information is slot 0, and the terminal device will send at least two transport blocks on slot 0.
  • the first indication information indicates a time slot or a relative offset group of symbols.
  • the first indication information is in the bearer DCI, and the first indication information indicates an offset time or an offset index number relative to a time slot or a symbol in which the current DCI is located.
  • the symbol of the current DCI is 1, and the relative offset group indicated by the first indication information is ⁇ 2 ⁇ 5 ⁇ symbols, and the terminal device transmits at least two transport blocks to the network device on the symbols 3 to 6.
  • the slot 0 where the current DCI is located is 1, and the relative offset group indicated by the first indication information is ⁇ 0 ⁇ 1 ⁇ slots, then the terminal device will be on slot 0 and slot 1.
  • the network device transmits at least two transport blocks.
  • the number of information in the relative offset group may be one or multiple, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device transmits the transport block in the at least two transport blocks to the network device in the first time period according to the first time period indicated by the first indication information, so that the network device can
  • the transport block received during the first time period is determined to be a transport block available for joint decoding.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate frequency domain resources corresponding to the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first indication information is information indicating frequency domain resources corresponding to at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the frequency domain resource information of the multiple transport blocks, a transport block that is the same as the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information in the plurality of transport blocks as at least two transport blocks. That is, before the terminal device transmits the at least two transport blocks to the network device, the terminal device determines that the at least two transport blocks have been associated with the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information.
  • the frequency domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located are within the frequency domain resources indicated by the first indication information, or the frequency domain resources in which the at least two transport blocks are located are the same as the frequency domain resources indicated by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device in the application may further send the at least two transport blocks to the network device on the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information.
  • the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information may be information for indicating the identifier of the frequency domain resource, or the identifier of the frequency domain resource, or may be an index associated with the frequency domain resource, which is not limited in this application.
  • Exemplary 1 the index of the carrier indicated by the first indication information. It can be understood that when the first indication information indicates carrier 0 and carrier 1, the terminal device can determine the transport block associated with carrier 0 and the transport block associated with carrier 1 among the plurality of transport blocks as at least two transport blocks. Optionally, the terminal device may further transmit the at least two transport blocks to the network device on carrier 0 and carrier 1.
  • the terminal device transmits, according to the first indication information, the BWP corresponding to the multiple transport blocks and the BWP index indicated by the first indication information.
  • the block is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device may further transmit the transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks to the network device on BWP0, BWP1, and BWP2.
  • the use of the frequency domain resource determination indicated by the first indication information of the terminal device determines that the transport block corresponding to or associated with the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information among the frequency domain resources corresponding to the multiple transport blocks is determined to be at least two. Transmitting the block such that the transport block received by the network device on the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device according to the two or more frequency domain resources indicated by the first indication information, the terminal device, the frequency domain resource corresponding to the multiple transport blocks, and the at least two or more frequency domains.
  • the resource association or the same transport block is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the frequency domain resource may be a BWP or a carrier.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate precoding matrix parameters corresponding to at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the precoding matrix parameter indicated by the first indication information, a transport block that is the same or associated with the precoding matrix parameter indicated by the first indication information in the plurality of transport blocks as at least two transport blocks.
  • the precoding matrix parameter indicated by the first indication information may be information for indicating an identifier of the precoding matrix parameter, or an identifier of the precoding matrix parameter, or may be an index associated with the precoding matrix parameter. Not limited.
  • Exemplary 1 an index of precoding matrix parameters indicated by the first indication information. It can be understood that when the first indication information indicates the precoding matrix parameter 1 and the precoding matrix parameter 2, the terminal device determines the transport block of the precoding matrix parameter 1 and the transport block of the precoding matrix parameter 2 as at least two transmissions. Piece. That is, the terminal device uses the precoding matrix parameter to determine whether the transport block received on the different beams is a transport block in at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a network identifier corresponding to the at least two transport blocks.
  • the network identifier in the application may be used to identify the terminal device in a cell accessed by the terminal device, for example, the network device may be an RNTI in the LTE system.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the network identifier or the cell index indicated by the first indication information, two or more transport blocks scrambled by the network identifier or the cell index indicated by the first indication information as at least two Transport block. Or the terminal device scrambles any two transport blocks by using the network identifier or the cell index indicated by the first indication information, and after scrambling, at least two transport blocks having the network identifier or the cell index indicated by the first indication information The network device is transmitted to the network device. It can be understood that, before the terminal device sends the at least two transport blocks to the network device, the at least two transport blocks already have the network identifier or the cell index indicated by the first indication information.
  • the network identifier indicated by the first indication information may be the information used to indicate the network identifier, or the identifier of the network identifier, or may be an index associated with the network identifier, which is not limited in this application.
  • the index of the network identifier indicated by the first indication information may be an RNTI.
  • the transport block whose identifier of the plurality of transport blocks of the terminal device is associated with or the same as RNTI1 is determined as the transport block in at least two transport blocks, and multiple transmissions are performed.
  • a transport block whose identity of the block is associated with or the same as RNTI2 is determined to be a transport block in at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate information corresponding to the reference signals of the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first indication information, a transport block that is the same as the reference signal indicated by the first indication information among the reference signals corresponding to the multiple transport blocks, as at least two transport blocks, or at least two terminal devices
  • the transport block is transmitted to the network device on the reference signal indicated by the first indication information.
  • the reference signal indicated by the first indication information may be information for indicating the identifier of the reference signal, or the identifier of the reference signal, or may be an index associated with the reference signal, or may be a reference signal corresponding to the scrambling code, or may be referred to
  • the sequence information corresponding to the signal may also refer to the frequency domain information corresponding to the signal, or may refer to the sequence ordering information corresponding to the signal, and may also refer to the time domain location and/or the time domain density information corresponding to the signal, which is not limited in this application. .
  • the first indication information indicates a reference signal, such as sequence information of the reference signal. It can be understood that when the first indication information indicates the sequence 1 and the sequence 2, the terminal device determines, as the transport block in the at least two transport blocks, the transport block having the same sequence of the reference signal corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks and the sequence 1 being the same. A transport block having the same sequence of reference signals corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks as the sequence 2 is determined as a transport block in at least two transport blocks. This facilitates the network device to determine whether the received transport block is used for copy transmission by using the sequence of reference signals corresponding to the received transport block.
  • a reference signal such as sequence information of the reference signal.
  • the first indication information indicates a reference signal, such as information of a port number. It can be understood that when the first indication information indicates the port number 1, 3 and the port number 4, 8, the terminal device transmits the port number of the port corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks to 1, 3 and the port number of 4, 8.
  • the block is determined to be a transport block in at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device may further send at least two transport blocks according to the port indicated by the first indication information, so that the network device can receive the terminal device on the port number indicated by the network device when receiving the transport block sent by the terminal device.
  • the transport block of the transmission is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the network device when the network device receives the transport block sent by the terminal device, even if it is transmitted on other layers, the network device does not transmit the information in the transport block transmitted on the other layer and the transmission on the layer 8 and layer 0. The information in the block is merged.
  • other cases of reference signals are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a cell index corresponding to the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the cell index indicated by the first indication information, a transport block scrambled by the cell index as at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines information of the cell index of at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines at least two transport blocks according to information of a cell index of at least two transport blocks.
  • the cell index indicated by the first indication information may be information for indicating the identifier of the cell index, or the identifier of the cell index, or may be an index associated with the cell index, or may be a cell index corresponding scrambling code. This is not limited.
  • the cell index indicated by the first indication information such as the identification information of the cell index.
  • the transport block identified as the identifier 1 and the identifier 2 among the plurality of transport blocks of the terminal device is determined to be at least two transport blocks, or the terminal device And a part of the plurality of transport blocks is associated with the identifier 1 according to the first indication information, another part of the at least two transport blocks is associated with the identifier 2, or the terminal device will each of the at least two transport blocks
  • the transport blocks are all associated with the identifier 1, or each of the at least two transport blocks is associated with the identifier 2. That is, the terminal device uses the cell index to indicate to the network device which transport blocks are used for the copy transmission.
  • the terminal device determines first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a HARQ process ID corresponding to the at least two transport blocks. Specifically, the terminal device determines the transport block of the HARQ process number transmission indicated by the first indication information as at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines the information of the HARQ process ID of each of the plurality of transport blocks, and the terminal device transmits the transport block with the same HARQ process ID in the plurality of transport blocks and the HARQ process ID indicated by the first indication information. Determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the HARQ process ID indicated by the first indication information may be information indicating an identifier of the HARQ process ID, or may be an index associated with the HARQ process ID, which is not limited in this application.
  • the HARQ process ID indicated by the first indication information may be, for example, identifier information of the HARQ process ID.
  • the terminal device may determine the transport block transmitted on the HARQ process number 1 on the carrier 1, the BWP 1, and the cell 1 as at least two.
  • the transport block in the transport block, and the transport block to be transmitted on the carrier 2, BWP1, and HARQ process number 2 of the cell 2 are determined as transport blocks in at least two transport blocks.
  • the first indication information may be information used to indicate the first time period, and may be a first time period, or may be an index associated with the first time period.
  • the frequency domain resource indicated by the first indication information may be the information used to indicate the frequency domain resource identifier, or the identifier of the frequency domain resource, or may be an index associated with the frequency domain resource, which is not limited in this application.
  • the content indicated by the first indication information may be the content itself, or may be an index or information associated with the content, which is not described herein again.
  • the frequency indication resource used by the first indication information may be a frequency domain resource subset, where the frequency domain resource subset includes two or more frequency domain resources, and the first indication information is used for the indicated network identifier.
  • the network identifier subset may include two or more network identifiers, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the cell index may be a cell index subset, and the cell index subset includes two Or more than two cell indexes and the like.
  • the reference information used by the first indication information may be a reference signal subset, the reference signal subset includes port numbers or layers of at least two reference signals, and so on, and the details are not described herein again.
  • the reference signal indicated by the first indication information may also be a reference signal port number or a layer.
  • the frequency domain resource may be at least one of a BWP, a carrier, and a cell, which is not limited in this application, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may jointly determine whether the transport block is at least two transport blocks according to multiple parameters indicated by the first indication information. Specifically, the terminal device determines that the transport block sent to the network device in the first time period is at least two transport blocks. For another example, the transport block of the network identifier indicated by the terminal device in the first time period and the network identifier is the first indication information is at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device after determining that the transport block is at least two transport blocks of the at least corresponding parameter according to the first indication information, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device by using at least two transport blocks.
  • At least two transport blocks in the present application satisfy at least one of the items, so in the present application, only the first transport block and the second transport block are taken as an example, the first transport block and the first The two transport blocks are any two of the at least two transport blocks, or the first transport block represents one or more of the at least two transport blocks, and the second transport block represents one of the at least two transport blocks Or a plurality of transport blocks, the first transport block and the second transport block in this application do not have any indicative meaning.
  • it is not limited to the presence of the third transport block and the fourth transport block using the same conditional decision.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block satisfy at least one of the following items:
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to different reference signal groups, and different reference signal groups include different reference signals, and one reference signal group includes at least one reference signal.
  • the first transport block corresponds to the first reference signal group
  • the second transport block corresponds to the second reference signal group
  • the at least one reference signal included in the first reference signal group and the second reference signal group include at least A reference signal is different.
  • the first reference signal group and the second reference signal group may be predefined, or may be high layer signaling, or may be dynamically signaled. It should be understood that the network device determines the transport blocks received on the first reference signal group and the second reference signal group as transmissions available for joint decoding.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to different reference signal groups, and the first transport block and the second transport block are sent on the same time domain and frequency domain resources.
  • the reference signals included in the different reference signal groups are different, including at least one of the following: the time domain resource locations of the reference signals are different; the frequency domain resource locations of the reference signals are different (in particular, the frequency domain resource locations are different, one Corresponding to the reference signal of the odd subcarrier group, one reference signal corresponding to the even subcarrier group); the sequence of the reference signal is different, the order of the sequences in the sequence group is different; or the sequence is different.
  • the information of the reference signal in A5 may also be included, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located on different frequency domain resources, for example, the first transport block is located in the first frequency domain resource, the second transport block is located in the second frequency domain resource, and the index of the first frequency domain resource is It is different from the index of the second frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain resource where the first transport block is located is carried on the first carrier
  • the frequency domain resource where the second transport block is located is carried on the second carrier
  • the index numbers of the first carrier and the second carrier are different.
  • the frequency domain resource where the first transport block is located is carried in the first BWP
  • the frequency domain resource where the second transport block is located is carried in the second BWP
  • the index numbers of the first BWP and the second BWP are different.
  • the frequency domain resource where the first transport block is located is carried in the first cell
  • the frequency domain resource where the second transport block is located is carried in the second cell
  • the index numbers of the first cell and the second cell are different.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in different frequency domain resources, and the time domain resource where the first transport block is located and the time domain resource where the second transport block is located partially or completely overlap.
  • the first transport block occupies symbols 0 to 6
  • the second transport block occupies symbols 5 to 7.
  • the length of the time domain resource occupied by the first transport block and the second transport block may be the same or different.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may be pre-defined, or may be high layer signaling, or may be dynamically signaled. It should be understood that the network device determines that the transport block received on the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is a transport available for joint decoding.
  • the first BWP and the second BWP partially overlap or do not overlap in the frequency domain.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers, that is, the first transport block is scrambled by the first network identifier, and the second transport block is scrambled by the second network identifier, and the first network identifier is The second network identifier is different.
  • the first network identifier and the second network identifier may be predefined, or may be high layer signaling, or may be dynamically signaled. It should be understood that the network device determines that the first transport block scrambled with the first network identifier and the second transport block scrambled with the second network identifier are available for joint decoding.
  • the first transport block is mapped to at least one port of the first port number group of a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), and the second transport block is mapped to at least one port of the second port number group of the DMRS.
  • the first port number group is different from the port number in the second port number group.
  • the first port number group includes two or more port numbers
  • the second port number group includes two or more port numbers.
  • the first port number group includes a port number of 0, 1, 2, 3
  • the first transport block is mapped on at least one of the port numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, and the port included in the second port number group
  • the numbers are 4, 5, 6, and 7, and the second transport block is mapped to at least one of ports 4, 5, 6, and 7.
  • the first port number group and the second port number group may be pre-defined, or may be high layer signaling, or may be dynamically signaled. It should be understood that the network device determines that the transport blocks received on the first port number group and the second port number group are transmissions in at least two transmissions that can be used for merging.
  • the transport mode block for merging or the transport block for joint decoding can be dynamically determined by the mode network device.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in the first time period in the time domain. 6.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different precoding matrix parameters.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different cell indexes.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same joint identifier.
  • the parameter values of the at least one parameter indicated by the foregoing first indication information may be used in combination, and therefore, the first transport block and the second transport block are also satisfied by combining two or more parameters.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in the first time period in the time domain, and the first transport block and the second transport block are scrambled by different network identifiers.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in a first time period, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different precoding matrix parameters.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in the first time period in the time domain, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different cell indexes.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in the first time period in the time domain, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same joint identifier.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different precoding matrix parameters, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different cell indexes.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are located in a first time period in the time domain, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same joint identifier, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the same or different precoding matrices. Parameters, etc.
  • the transport block is a transport block usable for the copy transmission.
  • the first indication information may be high layer signaling (semi-static signaling) or dynamic signaling, or predefined.
  • S101 in the present application can be determined as follows:
  • the terminal device determines second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least two transport blocks, where the at least one parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: a size of the transport block. , HARQ process number, new data indicator (NDI), HARQ-ACK resource, redundancy version RV, time domain and/or frequency domain resource, first timer start time, and joint identifier, the joint identifier Indicates a transport block for joint decoding.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • HARQ-ACK resource HARQ-ACK resource
  • redundancy version RV time domain and/or frequency domain resource
  • first timer start time and joint identifier
  • the second indication information in the application may be sent by the network device to the terminal device, or may be sent to the network device by the other device, which is not limited in this application. That is, before S103, the network device further sends the second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information may be high layer signaling (semi-static signaling) or dynamic signaling, or predefined.
  • the second indication information may be high layer signaling (semi-static signaling) or dynamic signaling, or predefined.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the second indication information, at least two transport blocks.
  • the at least two transport blocks include a first transport block and a second transport block; the second indication information indicates that the third parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to the plurality of parameter values, and the first transport block and the second transport block correspond to the first The parameter values of the three parameters are different; and/or the second indication information indicates that the fourth parameter of the at least one parameter corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fourth parameter corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block are the same.
  • the third parameter may be one or more of the parameters indicated by the second indication information
  • the fourth parameter may be one or more of the parameters indicated by the second indication information
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a HARQ process number, and the first transport block and the second transport block have different HARQ process numbers.
  • the terminal device can copy the transport blocks on the two HARQ process numbers that are not transmitted the same. It can be understood that the association relationship between the at least two HARQ process IDs may be predefined, or through high layer signaling, or notified by dynamic signaling.
  • the terminal device can copy the transport blocks of two redundant versions that are not identical. It can be understood that the association relationship between the at least two redundancy versions may be predefined, or through high layer signaling, or notified by dynamic signaling.
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first time domain and/or a frequency domain resource, a second time domain, and/or a frequency domain resource, eg, the first transport block corresponds to the first time domain and/or Or a frequency domain resource, where the second transport block corresponds to the second time domain and/or the frequency domain resource.
  • the first time domain and/or frequency domain resources are different from the second time domain and/or frequency domain resources.
  • the terminal device may copy transport blocks on the frequency domain resources that are not transmitted the same. It can be understood that the association relationship between the at least two frequency domain resources may be predefined, or through high layer signaling, or notified by dynamic signaling.
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a size of the transport block, and the first transport block and the second transport block have the same or different transport block sizes.
  • the terminal device can copy transport blocks that transmit different transport block sizes. It can be understood that the association relationship between the at least two transport block sizes may be predefined, or by higher layer signaling, or by dynamic signaling. Further, the at least two transport block sizes belong to the same transport block set, or the difference between the at least two transport block sizes belongs to a difference range, for example, the difference between 100 bits and 99 bits is 1 bit, and the difference range is defined. For 8 bits, then the transport blocks corresponding to the two transport block sizes belong to at least two transport blocks that can be jointly decoded. The transport block set and the difference range are the association between the at least two transport block sizes.
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is NDI.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block both have inverted NDI, for example, NDI corresponding to the first transport block and the second transport block. Is 1.
  • the third parameter may be one or more of the parameters indicated by the second indication information
  • the fourth parameter may be one or more of the parameters indicated by the second indication information
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a HARQ process number, and the first transport block and the second transport block have the same HARQ process ID, so the first transport block and the second transport block can be used for copy transmission. .
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is NDI.
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first time domain and/or a frequency domain resource, a second time domain, and/or a frequency domain resource, eg, the first transport block corresponds to the first time domain and/or Or a frequency domain resource, where the second transport block corresponds to the second time domain and/or the frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are the same, and/or the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource are identical or partially overlapped, so the first transport block and the second transport block can be used for copy transmission.
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a transport block size (TBS).
  • TBS transport block size
  • the first transport block and the second transport block have transport blocks of the same transport block size, so
  • TBS 256bits
  • CRC Cyclic redundancy check
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first timer start time, a HARQ process number, for example, the first transport block and the second transport block are both in the first timer start time and in the same The transport block of the HARQ process number, so it can be used for copy transmission.
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is a first time domain and/or a frequency domain resource, a second time domain, and/or a frequency domain resource, and the corresponding fourth parameter is a HARQ process number, for example, A transport block corresponds to a first time domain and/or a frequency domain resource, and a second transport block corresponds to a second time domain and/or a frequency domain resource, and the first transport block and the second transport block have the same HARQ process number.
  • the fourth parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is the size of the transport block
  • the third parameter is the first HARQ-ACK resource and the second HARQ-ACK resource
  • the first transport block and the second transport block have the same The size of the transport block, and the first transport block corresponds to the first HARQ-ACK resource, and the second transport block corresponds to the second HARQ-ACK resource.
  • the third parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks is NDI
  • corresponding to the third or fourth parameter is a size of the transport block
  • the first transport block and the second transport block have the same size of the transport block
  • One transport block corresponds to the first NDI
  • the second transport block corresponds to the second NDI.
  • the first NDI and the second NDI may be the same or different, but the relationship depends on whether the first NDI is reversed compared to the previous transmission, and the first NDI and the second NDI are both inverted (ie, initial transmission, However, the values of the specific first NDI and the second NDI may be different or the same.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block may be used for copy transmission.
  • the first transport block and the second transport block It can also be combined for decoding.
  • the first NDI represents the current flip and the second NDI represents the current unreversed (ie, the initial transmission and the retransmission, but the specific first NDI and the second NDI may be different or the same value)
  • the first transport block and the second transport block are not available for copy transmission.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy at least one of the following: the size of the at least two transport blocks is equal to the transport block size indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks of the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks on the HARQ process number indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks on the time domain and/or frequency domain resources indicated by the second indication information.
  • At least two transport blocks are transport blocks on the NDI indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks on the HARQ-ACK resource indicated by the second indication information.
  • the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks of the redundancy version indicated by the second indication information for the corresponding redundancy version RV.
  • the at least two transport blocks satisfy the case of using the parameters indicated by the second indication information in combination, for example, the size of the at least two transport blocks is equal to the second indication.
  • a transport block size indicated by the information and the at least two transport blocks further satisfy at least one of the following: at least two transport blocks are received by the terminal device during a first timer start time indicated by the second indication information a transport block; the size of the at least two transport blocks is equal to the transport block size indicated by the second indication information, and the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the terminal device on the HARQ process ID indicated by the second indication information;
  • the size of the two transport blocks is equal to the transport block size indicated by the second indication information, and the at least two transport blocks are transport blocks received by the terminal device on the HARQ-ACK resource indicated by the second indication information; at least two transmissions
  • the redundancy version RV corresponding to the block is a redundancy version indicated by the second indication information; the at least two transport
  • Transport block received. It should be noted that the foregoing only enumerates the states presented by the at least two transport blocks. Specifically, the state that is presented by the at least two transport blocks in the actual process may further include at least one parameter indicated by the second indication information. Combinations are made, and the application is not listed here.
  • the transport block is a transport block usable for the copy transmission.
  • S1014 in this application can be implemented in various ways:
  • the terminal device determines at least two transport blocks according to the size of the transport block indicated by the first indication information.
  • the network device can determine the size of each transport block according to information in uplink control information (UCI), such as Modulation Coding Scheme (MCS).
  • UCI uplink control information
  • MCS Modulation Coding Scheme
  • the terminal device determines that the size of the at least two transport blocks belongs to the first transport block set.
  • the first set of transport blocks includes the size of at least one transport block.
  • the terminal device determines, as the at least two transport blocks, a transport block whose size of the transport block in the plurality of transport blocks is less than or equal to the first transport block size threshold and/or the second transport block size threshold is greater than or equal to the second transport block size threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the transport block size belongs to the transport block of the same transport block set, and/or the transport block whose difference of the transport block size belongs to the difference range is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines, in the plurality of transport blocks, a transport block having the same size as the transport block indicated by the second indication information as a transport block in at least two transport blocks, that is, the terminal device will have at least two transport blocks. Transfer to the network device in the same size. The network device can then jointly decode at least two transport blocks of the replicated transmission.
  • the second indication information corresponds to a first timer start time of the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device belongs to the time of the transport block in the multiple transport blocks to the first timer start time indicated by the second indication information.
  • the transport block is determined to be at least two transport blocks.
  • the network device can then jointly decode at least two transport blocks of the replicated transmission.
  • the start time of the first timer may be determined by the terminal device receiving the first configuration information/first indication information/second indication information/first information+K symbols or time slots K greater than or equal to 0.
  • the duration of the first timer may be a predefined length of time, and may also be received in the first configuration information/first indication information/second indication information/other information before the first information. Not limited.
  • the second indication information indicates the same process ID of the different frequency domain resources corresponding to the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device determines, as the at least two transport blocks, the transport blocks having the same process ID on the different frequency domain resources. This is because when the terminal device schedules the same process number, it is considered that the current transport blocks are carrying the same information or information having the same information source.
  • the terminal device determines the transport block 1 corresponding to the first process number of the first frequency domain resource (carrier) as the transport block in the at least two transport blocks, and the first process in the second frequency domain resource (carrier)
  • the transport block 2 corresponding to the number is determined to be a transport block in at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines a transport block of the corresponding process number on the different frequency domain resources as the transport block in the at least two transport blocks, because when the terminal device schedules the process number of the corresponding relationship, It is then considered that the current transport blocks TB are indicated for copy transmission.
  • the transport block 1 of the terminal device on the first process number of the first frequency domain resource (carrier) and the transport block 2 on the second process number of the second frequency domain resource (carrier) are determined to be at least two transmissions Piece.
  • the first process ID and the second process ID are associated with each other, so that the network device can determine the transport block 1 received on the first process ID of the first frequency domain resource and the second resource resource (carrier) in the second frequency domain resource.
  • the transport block 2 transmitted on the process number can be used for joint decoding, wherein the association relationship between the first process number and the second process number can be notified by pre-defined or high-level signaling or dynamic signaling.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the NDI, and the terminal device determines, as the at least two transport blocks, the transport block corresponding to the NDI corresponding to the multiple transport blocks and the NDI indicated by the second indication information.
  • the specific B4 can be achieved in the following ways:
  • the terminal device transmits at least two transport blocks to the network device with the same NDI, such that the network device determines that the received transport block corresponds to the same NDI, and the network device determines that the received transport block is available for joint decoding.
  • the terminal device sends the NDI (indicated by the initial transmission) after the NDI is inverted to the network device, so that the network device determines that the NDI corresponding to the received transport block is the inverted NDI, and then determines The received transport block is used for joint decoding.
  • the NDI new data indication flipping can be understood as, for example, the last time the NDI indicates 0, but the current indication is 1, or the last NDI is considered to be the initial transmission.
  • the network device can jointly decode at least two transport blocks of the duplicate transmission.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the HARQ-ACK resource indicated in the DCI corresponding to the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device uses the HARQ-ACK resource corresponding to the multiple transport blocks and the HARQ- indicated by the first indication information.
  • the transport block with the same ACK resource is determined to be at least two transport blocks, so that the network device can determine at least two transport blocks according to the received HARQ-ACK resource corresponding to each transport block.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK resource indicated in the DCI corresponding to each of the plurality of transport blocks, and sends the at least two transport blocks to the network device by using the same HARQ-ACK resource.
  • the HARQ-ACK resource is the same as the frequency domain resource, the code domain is the same, the time domain resource is the same, and the mapping mode is the same.
  • the second indication information indicates a redundancy version (RV) version corresponding to the at least two transport blocks
  • the terminal device transmits the redundancy version of the multiple transport blocks to the redundancy version indicated by the second indication information.
  • the block is determined to be a transport block in at least two transport blocks.
  • the network device can then jointly decode at least two transport blocks of the replicated transmission.
  • the redundancy version of the at least two transport blocks is the same as the redundancy version indicated by the second indication information, so that the network device can be based on multiple The RV version indicated in the DCI corresponding to each transport block in each transport block determines the transport block having the same RV version as at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines an RV version indicated in a DCI corresponding to each of the plurality of transport blocks, and determines a transport block whose RV version of the transport block is the same as the RV version indicated by the second indication information as at least two Transport block. For example, if the RV version indicated by the second indication information is ⁇ 0, 3 ⁇ , the terminal device determines the transport block whose RV version of the transport block in the plurality of transport blocks is 0, 3 as at least two transport blocks.
  • the RV corresponding to the transport blocks of the transports necessarily includes ⁇ 0, 2, 3, 1 ⁇ . That is, a transport block containing all redundant versions.
  • the corresponding redundancy versions of the transport block 1, the transport block 2, and the transport block 3 can be combined into any one of the following ⁇ 0, 2, 3 ⁇ , ⁇ 0, 3, 1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information in the first time period to determine that the first information in the at least two transport blocks is to be decoded. That is, the terminal device detects the first indication information after receiving the second indication information, and determines the content indicated by the first indication information.
  • the network device may correctly decode or may not correctly decode the first information in the at least two transport blocks after receiving the first information in the at least two transport blocks, the network device may make feedback to indicate itself. Whether the first information is correctly decoded or the first information is not correctly decoded, and the terminal device determines whether the first information is retransmitted or the information other than the first information is transmitted. As shown in FIG. 5, the method provided by the present application further includes:
  • the network device sends first feedback information to the terminal device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate that the network device correctly decodes or erroneously decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first feedback information in the present application may be that the terminal device feeds back to the network device for the at least two transport blocks, and the first feedback information may be a negative acknowledgement (NACK)/determination response with a size equal to 1 bit.
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • ACK Acknowledgment
  • Nbit NACK/ACK where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, in which case the first feedback information may also be a bit sequence.
  • bit sequence 011 may indicate that information in transport block 1 is not correctly decoded, transmitted.
  • the information in block 2 and transport block 3 is correctly decoded.
  • the first feedback information is the first response information or the second response information, where the first response information is used to indicate that the terminal device correctly decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks.
  • the second response information is used to indicate that the terminal device erroneously decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first response information is a first sequence
  • the second response information is a second sequence.
  • This sequence can be a reference signal sequence or a Zadoff-Chu sequence.
  • the first response information indicates a NACK, that is, the network device erroneously decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks
  • the second response information indicates the ACK, that is, the network device correctly decodes the first one of the at least two transport blocks. information.
  • the first response information is 0, and the second response information is 1.
  • the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, including one of the following:
  • the network device correctly decodes at least one of the at least two transport blocks and obtains the first information.
  • the network device determines to correctly decode the information in the at least one transport block, and feeds back the ACK to the terminal device, and the network device determines to incorrectly decode the information in the plurality of transport blocks to the terminal.
  • the device feeds back NACK.
  • the number of times the network device correctly decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks is greater than or equal to the number of times the first information in the at least two transport blocks is erroneously decoded. This condition is usually applied to the requirement of high reliability. If there is only one ACK, it does not mean that the decoding is correct. Only if the correct quantity is greater than or equal to the number of errors, it is considered that the decoding of the positive code is correct. Therefore, in the case of receiving a plurality of transport blocks, "the number of transport blocks having the correct number of transport blocks received is greater than or equal to the reception error" feeds back an ACK. "There is a number of transport blocks that receive the correct number of transport blocks less than the receive error" will feed back NACK.
  • the network device correctly jointly decodes at least one of the at least two transport blocks at least once.
  • the network device incorrectly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, including one of the following:
  • the network device does not correctly decode any one of the at least two transport blocks; the number of times the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is less than the number of times the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is erroneously decoded; the network device does not Correctly jointly decoding a plurality of transport blocks in at least two transport blocks.
  • the first feedback information in the present application is that the network device feeds back to the terminal device for each of the at least two transport blocks, and the network device feeds back at least 1 bit HARQ to the terminal device for each transport block.
  • the first feedback information is that the network device feeds back to the terminal device for each transport block
  • the first feedback information that is fed back for each transport block may carry the identifier of the transport block.
  • the terminal device receives the first feedback information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first feedback information, that the network device correctly decodes or erroneously decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device may directly determine, according to the first feedback information, that the network device correctly decodes or erroneously decodes and transmits the data through the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first information can be specifically implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted through the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the terminal device erroneously decodes the first information transmitted through the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first feedback information indicates that the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks, and the first information is not obtained, and the terminal device determines that the network device incorrectly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first feedback information indicates that the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information, and the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the S111 may be specifically implemented by:
  • S1111 The terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks at least once, and the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the first feedback information includes at least one first sub-feedback information, where the at least one first sub-feedback information is used to indicate that the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device determines the network device.
  • the first information transmitted through at least two transport blocks is correctly decoded.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of times the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is greater than or equal to the number of times the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is erroneously decoded, and the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes through the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the first feedback information included in the first feedback information that indicates that the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is greater than or equal to the first feedback information, indicating that the network device incorrectly decodes at least two The number of first sub-feedback information of the transport block in the transport block, the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted through the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information, and the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the transport block in the at least two transport blocks less than the number of times the transport block in the at least two transport blocks is erroneously decoded, and the terminal device determines that the network device error decoding is transmitted through the at least two transport blocks. First information.
  • the terminal device determines that the network device does not correctly decode any one of the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device determines that the network device incorrectly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the terminal device determines that the network device does not correctly jointly decode the plurality of transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks, and the terminal device determines that the network device incorrectly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks.
  • the first feedback information is fed back to the terminal device by using the network device, so that after receiving the first feedback information, the terminal device may determine, according to the first feedback information, whether the network device correctly decodes through at least two transport blocks. Transmitting the first information, when the terminal device determines that the network device correctly decodes the first information transmitted by the at least two transport blocks, the terminal device may transmit to the network device by using at least two other two or more transport blocks
  • the first information in the transport block is different information. For example, if the first information in the at least two transport blocks is A, the terminal device may send the information B to the network device after the network device feeds back the correctly decoded feedback information.
  • the terminal device may continue to transmit the same information to the network device as the first information transmitted through the at least two transport blocks, for example, the terminal The device passes the first information in the at least two transport blocks as A, and after the network device feeds back the error decoded feedback information, the terminal device may continue to send A to the network device.
  • the performance of the information in each of the plurality of transport blocks is different.
  • the performance of the initial transmission information may be higher than the performance of the retransmission information, or the information is retransmitted.
  • the performance is higher than that of the initial information.
  • the performance of the initial transmission information is higher than that of the retransmission information.
  • the subsequent packets can be merged in sequence, if the performance is good. Poor start combined decoding can reduce the number of merge decodings, thus saving power.
  • the information carried by each of the at least two transport blocks may correspond to the following scenario:
  • Scenario 1 One of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission, and the remaining transport blocks of the at least two transport blocks except the one transport block are used for retransmission.
  • Scene 2 each of the at least two transport blocks is used for retransmission.
  • Scenario 3 Each of the at least two transport blocks is used for initial transmission. Since the manner in which the terminal device decodes the first information in the at least two transport blocks is different in different scenarios, the following describes the following. :
  • the transport block used for initial transmission can be understood as the information transmitted in the transport block is initial transmission information
  • the transport block used for retransmission can be understood as the information transmitted in the transport block is retransmission information.
  • S104 in the present application can also be implemented in the following manner:
  • the network device separately decodes the transport block used for initial transmission, and decodes at least one transport block for retransmission to obtain the first information. And/or, the network device jointly decodes the transport block for the initial transmission and the at least one transport block for the retransmission in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the performance of the information for the initial transmission of the transport block in the present application is higher than the performance of the information transmitted in the transport block for retransmission, and the plurality of transport blocks for retransmission carrying the same information.
  • the performance of information in a transport block for retransmission with a higher priority between transport blocks for retransmission with the same information source is higher than the performance of information in a transport block for retransmission with low priority
  • High performance of information in a transport block transmission for initial transmission between a plurality of transport block transmissions for the initial transmission that carry the same information or a transport block transmission for the initial transmission with the same information source The performance of information in a transport block transmission for initial transmission with a low priority.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the following parameters, one of the at least two transport blocks as a transport block for initial transmission:
  • the carrier index number the BWP index number, the RNTI index number, the layer index number, the reference signal sequence group index, the start time of the time domain resource, the length of the time domain resource, the frequency domain resource PRB index number, the frequency domain resource PRB number, Block error rate, block error rate BLER size, RV version.
  • each of the at least two transport blocks in the present application corresponds to one carrier index number, BWP index number, RNTI index number, layer index number, reference signal sequence group index, and each of at least two transport blocks
  • the carrier index number, the BWP index number, the RNTI index number, the layer index number, and the reference signal sequence group index corresponding to the transport block may be sorted according to a preset order (the index number is from large to small or the index number is small to large), so that the terminal device
  • the transport block having the largest index number may be determined as a transport block for initial transmission in a preset order, or the transport block having the smallest index number may be determined as a transport block for retransmission, and the transmission for initial transmission is determined at the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may sequentially determine the order in which each first information is decoded according to a preset order, and/or merge the first information of the transport block for the initial transmission and the first information of the at least one transport block for retransmission.
  • the order is in the order of small to large or in descending order, which is not limited in this application.
  • the carrier index number corresponding to the transport block 1 is 1, the carrier index number corresponding to the transport block 2 is 2, and the carrier index number corresponding to the transport block 3 is 3.
  • the terminal device The transport block 1 may be determined as a transport block for initial transmission carrying the initial transmission information, and the transport block 2 and the transport block 3 may be determined as transport blocks for retransmission carrying retransmission information, and the transport block may be determined first.
  • the information in 2 is decoded, and the information in the transport block 3 is decoded, and after decoding, the transport block 1 is transmitted according to the information in the transport block 1, the information in the transport block 2, and the information in the transport block 3.
  • the information in block 2 and transport block 3 is merged.
  • the time domain resource of each transport block corresponds to a start time
  • the start time of the time domain resource where each transport block is located is sorted according to a preset time sequence, so that the terminal device can start the time domain resource.
  • the transport block with the earliest time is determined as the transport block for the initial transmission, or the transport block with the latest start time of the time domain resource is determined as the transport block for the initial transmission, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device determines the transport block for retransmission according to the start time corresponding to the time domain resource of each transport block, reference may be made to the above-mentioned carrier index number as an example, and the details are not described herein again.
  • the lengths of the time domain resources in which each transport block in the present application is located are sorted in a preset order, for example, in a sequence from long to short or from short to long, for example, when the transport block is located.
  • the length of the domain resource is determined as the shortest transport block in the at least two transport blocks as the transport block for the initial transmission, or the length of the time domain resource in which the transport block is located is determined as the longest transport block in the at least two transport blocks.
  • the manner in which the terminal device determines the transport block for retransmission according to the length of the time domain resource in which each transport block is located can be referred to the above-mentioned carrier index number as an example, and the present application no longer Narration.
  • the frequency domain resource PRB index number of each transport block in the present application is sorted according to a preset order, and the terminal device may determine, as the smallest or largest of the at least two transport blocks, the frequency domain resource PRB index number of the transport block.
  • the transport block used for initial transmission; the number of PRBs of the frequency domain resource in each transport block is sorted according to a preset order, and the terminal device can determine the minimum or maximum number of PRBs of the frequency domain resource in which the transport block is located in at least two transport blocks.
  • the initial transmission block is sorted according to a preset order, and the terminal device may determine, as the smallest or largest of the at least two transport blocks, the frequency domain resource PRB index number of the transport block.
  • each transport block in the present application corresponds to one RV version
  • the terminal device may determine a transport block with a redundancy version of 0 or 3 as a transport block for initial transmission.
  • each transport block in the present application corresponds to one BLER small (large), for example, BLER 10 -5 corresponds to a transport block used for initial transmission, and the lower the block error rate, the higher the success rate.
  • BLER 10 -3 corresponds to the transport block used for initial transmission, and the resource used for high block error rate can reduce resource consumption.
  • Each of the transport blocks in the present application corresponds to a modulation coding scheme (MCS) index, and the modulation coding mode index corresponding to each transport block is sorted according to a preset order, and the terminal device may index the modulation and coding mode.
  • MCS modulation coding scheme
  • the largest transport block in at least two transport blocks is determined to be the transport block used for the initial transmission. This is because the MCS corresponds to the block error rate. The larger the MCS, the better the channel quality, so the lower the block error rate, the higher the success rate. .
  • Each transport block in the present application corresponds to a coding rate (abbreviation: code rate), and the terminal device can determine the smallest transport block of the code rate in at least two transport blocks as the transport block carrying the initial transmission information, and the code rate.
  • code rate a coding rate
  • the terminal device can determine the smallest transport block of the code rate in at least two transport blocks as the transport block carrying the initial transmission information, and the code rate.
  • the block error rate the lower the code rate, the lower the block error rate, and the higher the success rate.
  • the network device side has rules for the terminal device to determine a transport block for initial transmission, and a rule for a transport block for retransmission.
  • S104 can also be implemented as follows:
  • the network device decodes at least one of the at least two transport blocks for the retransmitted transport block to obtain the first information. And/or, the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks for retransmission in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the plurality of transport blocks carry the first information only for retransmission, and in the initial transmission, only one transport block is used to transmit the first information as in the prior art.
  • the network device in this application may determine, as the transport block used for the initial transmission, the transport block that is transmitted before the at least two transport blocks and the transport information that is the same as the first information in the at least two transport blocks. This is because the transport block used for the initial transmission may be a BLER of 10e -1 . In order to save resources, the retransmission should be 10e -4 or 10e- 5 to ensure overall reliability, and the reliability of retransmission needs to be improved.
  • S104 in this application can also be implemented as follows:
  • the network device separately decodes at least one of the at least two transport blocks for the initial transmitted transport block to obtain the first information. And/or, the network device jointly decodes the plurality of transport blocks for the initial transmission in the at least two transport blocks to obtain the first information.
  • the time domain resources in which at least two transport blocks in the application are located partially overlap or overlap.
  • the method of the present application is also applicable to the following application scenario, that is, when the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, the second information still exists, and at this time, the terminal device may pass the A plurality of transport blocks included in a transport block group transmit first information to the network device, and send the second information to the network device through the at least one transport block included in the second transport block group.
  • the at least two transport blocks belong to the first transport block group, and the method provided by the application further includes:
  • the terminal device determines third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the second transport block group, where the second information and the first information transmitted by the second transport block group are performed. different.
  • the third indication information may be sent to the terminal device by the network device, or may be sent to the terminal device by other terminal devices that perform information transmission with the terminal device.
  • the application further includes: S113, the network device sends the third indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the S112 can be implemented by: The network device receives the third indication information.
  • the S113 may be sent by the network device under the trigger of the terminal device.
  • the second request message may be sent to the network device, where the second request message is sent.
  • the network device indicates the second transport block group to the terminal device, or the network device may configure multiple transport block groups for the terminal device in advance, and different transport block groups are used to transmit different information, in this case,
  • the three indication information may be sent to the terminal device simultaneously with the first indication information or the second indication information.
  • the terminal device may not immediately transmit information on the transport block group indicated by the respective indication information, but wait for a certain scheduling When a piece of information is selected, a transport block group is selected to transmit information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the time domain resources in which the first transport block group and the second transport block group in the present application are partially overlapped or overlapped.
  • the first transport block group includes at least two transport blocks and the second.
  • the first transport block group and the second transport block group are considered as long as the time domain resource in which one transport block of the first transport block group is partially overlapped or completely overlapped with one transport block in the second transport block group.
  • the time domain resources are partially overlapping or overlapping.
  • one transport block in the transport block group is a reference transport block
  • the transport block may be the most occupied time domain resource, or the earliest time domain resource start position, or the time domain resource termination location is the latest. If the reference transport block in the first transport block partially overlaps or completely overlaps with the time domain resource in which the reference transport block in the second transport block group is located, then the time domain in which the first transport block group and the second transport block group are located is considered Resources partially overlap or overlap.
  • the information A may be transmitted by the transport block 1, the transport block 2, and the transport block 3 included in the first transport block group, the information transmitted by the transport block 1 is a1, the information transmitted by the transport block 2 is a2, and the transport block is transmitted.
  • the transmitted information is a3, and the information B can be transmitted through the transport block 4, the transport block 5, and the transport block 6 included in the second transport block group, and the information transmitted by the transport block 4 is b1, and the information transmitted by the transport block 5 is b2.
  • the information transmitted by the transport block 6 is b3 as an example, and the information A and the information B are different, the information that the terminal device transmits the information A through the transport block 1 is a1, the information transmitted by the transport block 2 is a2, and the information transmitted by the transport block 3 At least one for a3.
  • the information transmitted by the terminal device B through the transport block 4 is b1, the information transmitted by the transport block 5 is b2, and the information transmitted by the transport block 6 is at least one of b3.
  • the terminal device may carry one transport block in the second transport block group.
  • the second information is to obtain second information transmitted through the second transport block group.
  • the number of transport blocks included in the second transport block group is two or more transport blocks
  • the terminal device transmits the first transport block group and the second transport block group
  • the first transport block group may be sent. First information, and transmitting the second information through the second transport block group.
  • the partial overlap or total overlap of the first transport block group and the second transport block group in the time domain may be understood as: when any one of the first transport block group and the second transport block group Any one of the transport blocks overlaps or partially overlaps on the time domain resources, then the first transport block group and the second transport block group are considered to partially overlap or overlap in the time domain. Or, when a specific transport block in the first transport block group and a specific transport block in the second transport block group all overlap or partially overlap on the time domain resource, then the first transport block group and the second transport block are considered Groups partially overlap or overlap in the time domain.
  • the specific transport block may be the transport block for the initial transmission (the same manner as the S1041, which is not described here), and may be the transport block with the earliest time, or other transport blocks, which is not implemented in the embodiment of the present invention. limited.
  • each transport block in the present application corresponds to a group identifier, so that when a network device receives multiple transport blocks belonging to different transport block groups, it may belong to the same transport block group according to the group identifier.
  • the information carried by the transport block is decoded.
  • the transport block can usually be transmitted on the uplink channel, and at least two transport blocks can be transmitted on one uplink channel or on different uplink channels.
  • the uplink channel here may include an uplink control channel, such as a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and may also include an uplink data channel, such as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • the PUCCH is used to carry the control information
  • the PUSCH is used to carry the service data.
  • the control information may be carried on the PUSCH.
  • the content of the channel bearer is not limited in this application.
  • the power control process for the terminal to send the uplink channel generally includes: the terminal prepares data or uplink control information to be carried by the uplink channel, and then calculates the required transmit power of all uplink channels of the current TTI of the terminal according to the path loss (road loss value), if all The sum of the required transmit powers of the uplink channel exceeds the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal, and the terminal compresses the power of all or part of the uplink channels according to the priority of the channel type or the priority of carrying the uplink control information.
  • Possible mode 1 assign power to the channel with high priority for priority, and then allocate power for the channel with low priority. If the priorities of the channels are the same, the transmission power is reduced proportionally to ensure the sum of the transmission powers of all the uplink channels. Do not exceed the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal. Thereafter, all or part of the upstream channel is transmitted using the transmission power allocated according to the priority. It can be understood that when the sum of the required transmission powers of all the uplink channels exceeds the maximum transmission power allowed by the terminal, the uplink channel with the lower priority may not be allocated to the power, or the allocated power is zero, and finally will not be transmitted.
  • Possible mode 2 preferentially discard or reduce the power of the channel with the lower priority assigned, and then allocate the power of the high priority channel for discarding or reducing. If the priorities of the channels are the same, the allocated transmit power is reduced proportionally to ensure all The sum of the transmission powers of the uplink channels does not exceed the maximum transmission power allowed by the terminal. Thereafter, all or part of the upstream channel is transmitted using the transmission power allocated according to the priority. It can be understood that when the sum of the required transmit powers of all uplink channels exceeds the maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal, the uplink channel with low priority may not be allocated to power, or directly discarded, or the allocated power is zero, and finally Will not be sent.
  • the transmit power of the terminal device has an upper limit of the maximum allowable transmit power. Therefore, when the transmit power of the plurality of transport blocks exceeds the maximum value of the power, the transmit power of the multiple transport blocks needs to be adjusted, and the transmit block is sent. There are various ways to adjust the power. For example, the uplink power can be allocated to the transport block according to the priority of the uplink channel.
  • the uplink power may be all the transmission power of the terminal device, or the maximum transmission power allowed by the terminal device, or the transmission power of the terminal device part. It can be understood that when the terminal device has other more important channels or is not configured to be used by the network device, the terminal device can only allocate part of its transmission power.
  • the at least two transport blocks correspond to the at least one first uplink channel, and the method provided by the application further includes:
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where a priority of the first uplink channel is used to allocate uplink power.
  • S114 can be implemented in the following manner:
  • the terminal device determines a parameter value corresponding to at least one parameter of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one parameter includes one or more of the following parameters: a modulation coding scheme (MCS), and a physical downlink control channel.
  • MCS modulation coding scheme
  • PDCCH control channel element CCE level, initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH , path loss value scale factor and/or path loss value, cell or carrier or BWP in which it is located.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a parameter value of the at least one parameter of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the S1142 may be implemented in at least one of the following manners: the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a modulation and coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) control channel element (CCE) level corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the path loss value scale factor and/or the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the cell or carrier or the BWP where the at least one first uplink channel is located.
  • the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first uplink channel is a physical downlink control channel that carries scheduling information of the first uplink channel, for example, the scheduling information is DCI.
  • the fifth parameter of the at least one parameter corresponding to the at least two transport blocks corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the fifth parameter corresponding to different transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks are the same, and/or at least two
  • the sixth parameter of the at least one parameter corresponding to the transport block corresponds to one parameter value, and the parameter values of the sixth parameter corresponding to different transport blocks in the at least two transport blocks are different.
  • the first uplink channel in the foregoing may correspond to two or more parameters, and when the fifth parameters of the two or more first uplink channels are the same, the two or more may be combined. Different sixth parameters corresponding to the first uplink channel are used to determine priorities of the two or more first uplink channels.
  • the first uplink channel A and the second uplink channel B are exemplified, and the modulation coding manners of the first uplink channel A and the second uplink channel B are the same, and the power is transmitted according to the initial configuration corresponding to the first uplink channel A.
  • the initial configuration transmission power 2 corresponding to the second uplink channel B is used to determine the priorities of the first uplink channel A and the second uplink channel B. Specifically, the priority of the first uplink channel with the initial configured transmission power is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel with the initial configured transmission power.
  • the terminal device determining, by the terminal device, the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the modulation and coding manner of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B, where The priority of the uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B, and the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include at least one of the following: the modulation order in the modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel A is higher than The modulation order in the modulation and coding scheme of the first uplink channel B.
  • the coding rate in the modulation and coding scheme of the first uplink channel A is lower than the coding rate in the modulation and coding scheme of the first uplink channel B.
  • the block error rate BLER corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme of the first uplink channel A is lower than the block error rate BLER corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme of the first uplink channel B.
  • the modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel A corresponds to the priority of the first modulation coding mode table being higher than the priority modulation coding mode of the first uplink channel B corresponding to the first modulation coding mode table.
  • the terminal device determining, by the terminal device, the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and The first uplink channel B, the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B, and the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel A is higher than that of the first uplink channel B.
  • the downlink control channel PDCCH controls the channel element CCE level.
  • the priority of the corresponding uplink channel with a low aggregation level is lower than or equal to the priority of the uplink channel corresponding to the high aggregation level. Since the high aggregation level proves high reliability, the channel corresponding to the high aggregation level should be sent preferentially.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level corresponding to the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH control channel element CCE level of the first uplink channel A is lower than the first uplink channel B
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH controls the channel element CCE level. Because the aggregation level is high and the channel quality is not good, and the channel quality is low, the channel quality is good. Therefore, the uplink channel with low aggregation level should be sent preferentially.
  • the channel quality may be determined by the CQI index that is recently reported by the terminal device, and the priority of the uplink control channel corresponding to the cell with the smaller CQI index is higher than or equal to the priority of the uplink control channel corresponding to the cell with a large CQI index. Level is high. This is because the smaller the CQI index is, the worse the channel quality is, so the upstream channel with a large CQI index should be sent preferentially.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH of the at least one first uplink channel, and determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes: a first uplink channel and a first upstream channel B, the uplink priority of the first channel a higher priority than the first upstream channel B, P O_PUSCH first uplink channel a is smaller than P O_PUSCH B of the first uplink channel.
  • the initial configuration transmit power P O_PUSCH of the PUSCH is equal to the PUSCH initial configuration transmit power of the cell level plus the PUSCH initial configuration transmit power of the user level.
  • the initial configuration transmission power is P O_PUCCH equal to the PUCCH initial configuration transmission power of the cell level plus the PUCCH initial configuration transmission power of the user level.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the path loss value scale factor and/or the path loss value of the at least one first uplink channel, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and a first uplink channel B, a priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than a priority of the first uplink channel B, and a path loss value scale factor of the first uplink channel A is smaller than a path loss value scale factor of the first uplink channel B, and / or, the path loss value of the first uplink channel A is smaller than the path loss value of the first uplink channel B.
  • the value of the path loss value scale factor is a value between 0 and 1, which may be a predefined or high layer signaling configuration or dynamic signaling.
  • the path loss value is obtained by the terminal device according to the signal sent by the network device, and the specific measurement channel may be a downlink signal such as a synchronization signal.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the cell or the carrier or the BWP where the at least one first uplink channel is located, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B.
  • the first uplink channel A and the first uplink channel B include the following: the cell where the first uplink channel A is located is the primary cell Pcell, The cell in which the uplink channel B is located is the secondary cell Scell; the carrier index number of the carrier where the first uplink channel A is located is smaller than the carrier index number of the carrier where the first uplink channel B is located; and the BWP index number of the BWP where the first uplink channel A is located The BWP index of the BWP where the first uplink channel B is located, or the BWP where the first uplink channel A is located is the active BWP, and the BWP of the first uplink channel B is the initial BWP.
  • the initial BWP is the bandwidth used by all the terminal devices to perform the initial access to the cell or the rollback. Therefore, when the terminal device uses the initial BWP, it is likely that the performance cannot be guaranteed. After the terminal device is accessed, the network device will be the terminal.
  • the device configuration activates the BWP for transmitting data, which is a user-level configuration. When the terminal device activates the BWP, the performance and reliability of the user can be considered to be protected.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the at least one first uplink channel according to the cell or carrier or the BWP where the at least one first uplink channel is located, where the at least one first uplink channel includes the first uplink channel A and the first uplink.
  • Channel B the priority of the first uplink channel A is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel B
  • the BWP where the first uplink channel B is located is the active BWP
  • the BWP where the first uplink channel A is located is the initial BWP.
  • the initial BWP is the bandwidth used by all the terminal devices to perform initial access to the cell or the rollback.
  • the uplink is not affected by the interference or the number of concurrent users is small, so the performance can be guaranteed, and the terminal device is activated after being accessed.
  • the BWP is used to transmit data in a user-level configuration. It can be considered that the performance and reliability of the user may be affected by other activated users, so performance cannot be guaranteed.
  • the method provided by the application further includes:
  • the terminal device allocates uplink power to the at least two transport blocks according to the priority of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the S115 may be implemented by: the terminal device allocates uplink power to the at least two transport blocks in descending order according to the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, where the first uplink channel has a high priority transport block.
  • the allocated power is higher than the transport block with the lower priority of the first uplink channel.
  • the transmit power of the uplink channel where the transport block with the lower priority of the first uplink channel is located may be 0.
  • the S115 may be implemented in the following manner: the terminal device discards the uplink channel according to the priority of the at least one first uplink channel from the lowest to the highest, until the sum of the uplink channel transmit powers at which the terminal device sends the remaining data block is less than or equal to The maximum transmit power allowed by the terminal device, wherein the uplink channel of the transport block with the first uplink channel priority is discarded first, and the uplink channel of the transport block with the first uplink channel priority is transmitted.
  • S115 in the present application can be implemented in the following manner:
  • the second information is transmitted by using the at least one second uplink channel, where the second information is different from the first information, and the at least one second uplink channel overlaps with the time domain position of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the level is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines a priority of the at least one second uplink channel.
  • the second information is different from the first information, and may be different information or different information sources.
  • the terminal device allocates uplink power according to the priority of the at least one second uplink channel and the priority of the at least one first uplink channel, and the transmission of the at least one first uplink channel overlaps with the transmission of the at least one second uplink channel in time.
  • the second uplink channel does not overlap with the first uplink channel, there is no need to compare the power priority, and the second uplink channel is not considered when the power is allocated for the first uplink channel. It can be understood that the transmission power is not allocated for the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel together.
  • the terminal device preferentially allocates uplink power to the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines an uplink channel priority according to whether it is a replication transmission.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the channel priority can be determined according to the above fifth parameter.
  • the priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the time domain resource where the second uplink channel is located there is no other transport block that transmits the second information, that is, the terminal device does not be in the time domain resource where the second uplink channel is located, or is located with the second uplink channel.
  • the uplink channel of the time domain resource is transmitted on the overlapping time domain resource and the other uplink information carrying the second information is sent.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the uplink channel according to the number of uplink channels carrying the information. It can be understood that when the first uplink channel is D1 and the second uplink channel is D2, when D1 is greater than D2, the channel priority of the first uplink channel is higher than the channel priority of the second uplink channel.
  • the channel priority of the first uplink channel is lower than that of the second uplink channel.
  • the channel priority of the first uplink channel may be considered to be equal to the channel priority of the second uplink channel, or the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may be determined by the difference of the fifth parameter.
  • the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device. That is, when the transmission power of the at least one first uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmission power of the terminal device, the uplink power needs to be allocated according to the channel priority of the at least one first uplink channel.
  • the sum of the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel and the transmit power of the second uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device. That is, when the sum of the transmit power of the at least one first uplink channel and the transmit power of the second uplink channel is greater than or equal to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device, the channel priority of the at least one first uplink channel and the at least one second uplink are required. The channel allocates uplink power.
  • each network element such as a network device and a terminal device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to implement the above functions.
  • each network element such as a network device and a terminal device
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the function modules of the network device and the terminal device according to the foregoing method.
  • each function module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner. The following is an example of dividing each functional module by using corresponding functions:
  • FIG. 6 shows a possible structural diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes a determining unit 101 and a transmitting unit 102.
  • the determining unit 101 is configured to support the terminal device to execute S101 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transmitting unit 102 is configured to support the terminal device to execute S102 in the above embodiment.
  • the determining unit 101 is further configured to support the terminal device to perform S106, S1011, S1013, S111, S1111, S1112, S1113, S1114, S1115, S1116, S112, S114, S1111, S1142, S1151 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the sending unit 102 is specifically configured to support the terminal device to execute S1012 and S1014 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the terminal device may further include an allocating unit 103 and a receiving unit 104.
  • the allocating unit 103 is configured to support the terminal device to execute S115 and S1152 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 104 is configured to support the terminal device to execute S110 in the above embodiment. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 7 shows a possible structural diagram of the network device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the network device includes a receiving unit 201 and a decoding unit 202.
  • the receiving unit 201 is configured to support the network device to execute S103 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the decoding unit 202 is configured to support the network device to execute S104 in the above embodiment.
  • the decoding unit 202 is specifically configured to support the network device to execute S1041, S1042, and S1043 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device may further include a transmitting unit 203 and a determining unit 204.
  • the sending unit 203 is configured to support the network device to execute S105, S107, S109, and S113 in the foregoing embodiment. All the related content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments may be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional modules, and details are not described herein again.
  • each unit in the device may all be implemented by software in the form of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware.
  • each unit may be a separately set processing element, or may be integrated in one chip of the device, or may be stored in a memory in the form of a program, which is called by a processing element of the device and executes the unit.
  • the processing element herein can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or by software in the form of a processing component call.
  • the units in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), or one or A plurality of digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), and the like.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital singnal processors
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program.
  • these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
  • the receiving unit is an interface circuit for the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
  • the above transmitting unit is an interface circuit of the device for transmitting signals to other devices.
  • the transmitting unit is an interface circuit for transmitting signals to other chips or devices.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device includes an antenna 310, a radio frequency device 320, and a baseband device 330.
  • the antenna 310 is connected to the radio frequency device 320.
  • the radio frequency device 320 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna 310, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 330 for processing.
  • the baseband device 330 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 320.
  • the radio frequency device 320 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the network device via the antenna 310.
  • the baseband device can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of the various communication protocol layers of the data.
  • a central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer.
  • other subsystems such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices.
  • the modem subsystem may be a separately provided chip. Alternatively, the above information transmission device may be implemented on the modem subsystem.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 6 are implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband apparatus 330, such as a modem subsystem, including processing element 331 and storage element 332, processing element 331
  • the program stored by the storage element 332 is called to execute the method executed by the terminal in the above method embodiment.
  • the baseband device 330 can also include an interface 333 for interacting with the radio frequency device 320.
  • the processing component 331 is configured to execute S1013, S111, S1111, S1112, S1113, S1114, S1115, S1116, S112, S114, S1141, S1142, S1111, S115, S1152 in the above embodiment; S102, S1012, S1014, and S110 in the embodiment.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 6 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the above terminal devices, the processing elements being disposed on a subsystem of the baseband device 330, such as modulation On the demodulation subsystem, the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 6 can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a SOC, for example, the baseband device 330 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 331 and the storage element 332 may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 6 may be implemented by the processing element 331 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 332; or, the chip may be integrated
  • At least one integrated circuit is used to implement the method performed by the above terminal or the functions of each unit shown in FIG. 6; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of some units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of some units are integrated.
  • the form of the circuit is implemented.
  • the above information transmission apparatus for a terminal device includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the terminal device provided by the above method embodiment.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: through integration of hardware in the processor element
  • the logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instruction; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode.
  • the processing elements herein, as described above, may be a general purpose processor, such as a CPU, or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs. Or, one or more FPGAs, etc.
  • the storage element may be a memory or a collective name of a plurality of storage elements, and the interface 333 may be a communication interface or a transceiver (ie, the transmitter and the receiver may be integrated together as a transceiver), specifically, when processing The device is a processor, the interface 333 is a transceiver or a transceiver circuit, and the storage device is a memory.
  • the terminal device provided by the present application may also be a device as shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver, the at least one processor, and the memory are connected to each other through a bus; the bus may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 9, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory is used to store program codes and data of the terminal device.
  • the communication interface is configured to support the terminal device to communicate with other devices (eg, network devices), and the processor is configured to support the terminal device to execute program code and data stored in the memory to implement an information sending method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the network device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the network device includes an antenna 110, a radio frequency device 120, and a baseband device 130.
  • the antenna 110 is connected to the radio frequency device 120.
  • the radio frequency device 120 receives the information transmitted by the terminal device through the antenna 110, and transmits the information sent by the terminal device to the baseband device 130 for processing.
  • the baseband device 130 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the radio device 120.
  • the radio device 120 processes the information of the terminal device and sends the information to the terminal device through the antenna 110.
  • the baseband device 130 can be a physical device or can include at least two devices that are physically separated.
  • the baseband device 130 can be integrated with the radio frequency device 120 or physically separated.
  • the baseband device 130 can include at least one baseband board on which a plurality of processing elements can be integrated to implement a baseband processing function.
  • the network device is a RAN device, for example, an eNB in an LTE system.
  • the baseband device 130 may be a baseband device in the eNB.
  • the network device may be the RAN device shown in FIG. 2 or FIG.
  • the above information transmission device may be located in the baseband device 130.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 7 are implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, for example, the baseband device 130 includes a processing component 131 and a storage component 132, and the processing component 131 invokes storage.
  • the component 132 stores a program to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiment, for example, S110.
  • the baseband device 130 may further include an interface 133 for interacting with the radio frequency device 120, such as a CPRI.
  • the interface may be an intra-board interface. Or an inter-board interface, where the board refers to a circuit board for performing S103, S105, S107, S109, and S113, and the processing element 131 is for performing S104, S1041, S1042, and S1043.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 7 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the network device above, the processing elements being disposed on the baseband device 130, where the processing elements may be An integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
  • the various units shown in FIG. 7 can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a SOC, for example, the baseband device 130 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
  • the processing element 111 and the storage element 132 may be integrated within the chip, and the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the various units shown in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processing element 131 in the form of a stored program that calls the storage element 132.
  • at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG.
  • the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
  • the above information transmission apparatus for a network device includes at least one processing element and a storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above embodiments.
  • the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in the first manner; or in a second manner: through integration of hardware in the processor element
  • the logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above embodiment in combination with instructions, for example, S103, S105, S107, S109, and S113, and the processing element 131 is configured to execute S104, S1041, S1042, and S1043; Some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above embodiments may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode.
  • the processing elements herein, as described above, may be a general purpose processor, such as a CPU, or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs. Or, one or more FPGAs, etc.
  • the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the network device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
  • the network device includes a processor 210, a memory 220, and an interface 230.
  • the processor 210, the memory 220, and the interface 230 are connected by a bus 240, which can be implemented by a connection circuit.
  • the memory 220 is used to store a program, and when the program is invoked by the processor 210, the method performed by the network device in the above embodiment may be implemented.
  • the interface 230 is used to implement communication with other network devices.
  • the above information transmission device is located in the network device, and the functions of the respective units can be implemented by the processor 210 calling a program stored in the memory 220. That is, the above information transmission apparatus includes a memory for storing a program, and the program is called by the processor to execute the method in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor herein may be a general purpose processor, such as a CPU, or another processor that can invoke the program; or the processor may be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits of the network device performing method in the above embodiments. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more field programmable gate array FPGAs, etc.
  • the number of memories is not limited and may be one or more.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip system 150 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the chip system 150 includes at least one processor 1510 and interface circuitry 1530.
  • the chip system 150 further includes a memory 1550, which may include a read only memory and a random access memory, and provides operating instructions and data to the processor 1510.
  • a portion of memory 1550 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory 1550 stores elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extended set:
  • the corresponding operation is performed by calling an operation instruction stored in the memory 1550 (which can be stored in the operating system).
  • One possible implementation manner is that the structure of the chip system used by the terminal device and the network device is similar, and different devices can use different chip systems to implement their respective functions.
  • the processor 1510 controls the operations of the terminal device and the network device, and the processor 1510 may also be referred to as a CPU.
  • Memory 1550 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 1510.
  • a portion of the memory 1550 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory 1550, the interface circuit 1530, and the memory 1550 are coupled together by a bus system 1520.
  • the bus system 1520 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 1520 in FIG.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1510 or implemented by the processor 1510.
  • the processor 1510 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1510 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1510 described above may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1550, and the processor 1510 reads the information in the memory 1550 and performs the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the interface circuit 1530 is configured to perform the steps of receiving and transmitting the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5.
  • the processor 1510 is configured to perform the steps of the processing of the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5.
  • the instructions stored by the memory for execution by the processor may be implemented in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product may be written in the memory in advance, or may be downloaded in software and installed in the memory.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (eg, Coax, fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • DSL Digital Subscriber Line
  • wireless eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by the computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • Useful media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk, SSD).
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, causes the terminal device to execute S1013, S111, S1111, S1112, S1113, S1114, S1115, S1116 in the embodiment, S112, S114, S1111, S1142, S1151, S115, S1152, S102, S1012, S1014, and S110. And/or other processes performed by the terminal device for the techniques described herein.
  • a computer storage medium wherein instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed, causing the network device to execute S103, S105, S107, S109, S113, S104, S1041, S1042 in the embodiment And S1043. And/or other processes performed by the network device for the techniques described herein.
  • a computer program product storing instructions, when the instructions are executed, causing the terminal device to execute S1013, S111, S1111, S1112, S1113, S1114, S1115, S1116 in the embodiment.
  • a computer program product in another aspect, storing instructions for causing the network device to execute S103, S105, S107, S109, S113, S104, S1041 in the embodiment when the instruction is executed. S1042 and S1043. And/or other processes performed by the network device for the techniques described herein.
  • a chip system is provided, the chip system being applied to a terminal device, the chip system comprising at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor are interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction to execute the embodiment S1013, S111, S1111, S1112, S1113, S1114, S1115, S1116, S112, S114, S1141, S1142, S1511, S115, S1152, S102, S1012, S1014, and S110. And/or other processes performed by the terminal device for the techniques described herein.
  • a chip system is provided, the chip system being applied to a network device, the chip system comprising at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit and the at least one processor being interconnected by a line, and the processor is configured to execute an instruction to perform the implementation
  • the processor is configured to execute an instruction to perform the implementation
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of cells is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. Go to another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置，涉及通信技术领域，用以提高上行传输可靠性，该方案包括：终端设备确定至少两个传输块；所述终端设备通过所述至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项；其中，所述至少两个传输块承载所述第一信息。该方法可以用于提升上行传输可靠性。

Description

一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置
本申请要求于2018年1月12日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810032510.5、申请名称为“一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置。
背景技术
为了应对未来爆炸性的移动数据流量增长、海量移动通信的设备连接、不断涌现的各类新业务和应用场景，第五代(the fifth generation，5G)移动通信系统应运而生。国际电信联盟(international telecommunication union，ITU)为5G以及未来的移动通信系统定义了高可靠低时延通信(Ultra Reliable and Low Latency Communications，URLLC)业务场景。其中，URLLC业务对时延要求极高，从发送端到接收端的单向传输时延要求在0.5毫秒(millisecond，ms)以内，并且在1ms以内在达到99.999％的传输可靠性。
在5G新空口(new radio，NR)和长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统中，通常为了提高接收端接收业务的可靠性，可以在发送端首次向接收端发送一个数据包(简称：初传)，而接收端无法正常接收到该数据包或者无法正确解析该数据包，采用重传机制(例如，混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ))要求发送端重新传输数据包(简称：重传)，或者在接收端依旧无法接收到重传的数据包或者无法正确解析重传的数据包时，发送端可以再次重传数据包，最终发送端将初传的数据包和重传的数据包或者多次重传的数据包进行合并接收，以提高接收端的性能。例如，单次传输错误率为0.1，第二次重传不进行合并接收，那么两次传输的错误率就是两次互相不相关的独立事件。那么两次传输后的错误率就是0.01(0.1*0.1)。当可以进行合并接收，那么第一次传输错误率仍是0.1，但是第二次传输可以利用上次信息提高本次传输的错误率就可以做到<0.1(具体值视接收端算法而定)，这样两次传输的错误率就是<0.1*0.1。
因此，如何在提高传输可靠性的同时降低传输时延，是未来通信系统中亟需解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置，用以提高上行传输可靠性。
为了达到上述目的，本申请提供如下技术方案：
第一方面，本申请提供一种信息发送方法，包括：终端设备生成第一信息；终端设备通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，该第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。其中，所述至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载所述第一信息。这里需要说明的是，所述至少两个传输块以复制传输的方式传输所述第一信息。一种可选的方式，所述每个传输块承载相同的全部所述第一信息；又一种可选的方式，可以按照每个传输块可以承载的信息大小和/或第一信息的大小，将所述第一信息划分为多个子信息，通过每个传输块承载一个或多个子信息来实现通过每个传输块承载所述第一信 息以通过所述至少两个传输块发送所述第一信息。具体参见实施例中对复制传输的相关解释。
本申请实施例提供一种信息发送方法，通过将终端设备的第一信息通过至少两个传输块传输给网络设备，由于至少两个传输块中的传输块可以用于联合解码得到第一信息，这样便可以使得网络设备通过对至少两个传输块进行联合解码以得到第一信息，从而提高了上行传输的可靠性，由于现有技术中复制传输通常是用于初传的传输块和用于重传的传输块，或者两个用于重传的传输块之间进行复制传输，该用于初传的传输块和用于重传的传输块和两个用于重传的传输块之间的传输存在先后顺序，且需要等到接收端反馈否定应答才发送，这样会增加传输时延，而本申请中的至少两个传输块之间的发送并不需要等待到下一个发送时机才能发送重传，也不需要等待接收端反馈否定应答再发送，因此可以降低传输时延。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定至少两个传输块，包括：终端确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包括以下参数中的一个或多个：第一时间段；带宽区域BWP；编码矩阵参数；网络标识；参考信号；小区索引；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块；终端设备根据第一指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。通过第一指示信息向终端设备指示发送至少两个传输块的参数，这样网络设备在接收到传输块时，便可以确定接收到的传输块是否用于联合解码，从而解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。将每个传输块的参数结合起来使用，可以使得终端设备将传输块以多种参数发送给网络设备。
一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的联合标识，终端设备根据第一指示信息，确定至少两个传输块，包括：终端设备将多个传输块中传输块的标识与第一指示信息所指示的联合标识关联传输块确定为至少两个传输块；或者，终端设备将与第一指示信息所指示的联合标识相同的传输块确定为所述至少两个传输块。
一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备接收下行控制信息DCI，DCI包括联合标识，DCI用于指示至少两个传输块。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块，第一传输块和第二传输块满足以下项中的至少一项：第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的端口号组，其中，不同的端口号组中包括的端口号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块分别对应不同的参考信号组，其中，不同的参考信号组包括的参考信号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的BWP，其中，不同的BWP的索引不同；第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定至少两个传输块，包括：终端设备确定第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：传输块的大小；混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；新数据指示NDI；HARQ-确认ACK资源；冗余版本RV；时域和/或频域资源；第一定时器启动时间；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块；终端设备根据第二指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。通过将至少两个传输块以第二指示信息所指示的参数发送给网络设备，这样便于网络设备确定接收到的传输块可用于联合解码，从而解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块满足以下至少一项：至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块的大小；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的时域和/或频域资源上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备根据第二指示信息所指示的新数据指示NDI确定的；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上接收到的；至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的RV。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块对应至少一个第一上行信道，本申请提供的方法还包括：终端设备确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，第一上行信道的优先级用于上行功率分配。可选的，本申请提供的方法还包括：终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的优先级为至少两个传输块分配上行功率。由于终端设备的发送功率有最大允许发送功率的上限，因此通过根据至少一个第一上行信道的优先级为至少两个传输块分配上行功率，这样可以使得优先级高的第一上行信道对应的传输块分配的功率高于优先级低的第一上行信道对应的传输块分配的功率。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：终端设备确定对应于至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：调制编码方式、物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级、初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH、路损值比例因子和/或路损值、所在的小区或载波或BWP；终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。这样可以使得终端设备确定第一上行信道优先级的方式更加灵活。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第九 种可能的实现方式中，第二信息通过至少一个第二上行信道传输，第二信息与第一信息不同，至少一个第二上行信道与至少一个第一上行信道的时域位置重叠；其中，第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级，通过优先为优先级高的第一上行信道分配上行功率，可以保证优先级高的第一上行信道对应的传输块可靠地发送。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，第二上行信道的数量小于第一上行信道的数量。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于最大发送功率；或者，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于最大发送功率。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下至少一项：第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的调制阶数高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的调制阶数；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的编码码率低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的编码码率；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级高于第一上行信道B的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级， 包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的P O_PUSCH小于第一上行信道B的P O_PUSCH。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的路损值比例因子小于第一上行信道B的路损值比例因子，和/或，第一上行信道A的路损值小于第一上行信道B的路损值。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下一项：第一上行信道A所在的小区为主小区Pcell，第一上行信道B所在的小区为辅小区Scell；第一上行信道A所在的载波的载波索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的载波的载波索引号；第一上行信道A所在的BWP的BWP索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的BWP的BWP索引号，或，第一上行信道A所在的BWP为激活BWP，第一上行信道B所在的BWP为初始BWP。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，本申请提供的方法还包括：终端设备确定第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与第一信息不同，第一传输块组和第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。可选的，本申请提供的方法还包括：终端设备通过第三指示信息所指示的至少一个参数的参数值，向网络设备传输第二传输块组，第二传输块组中承载有第二信息。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，至少两个传输块中除一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传；或，至少两个传输块均用于重传；或，至少两个传输块均用于初传。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中，终端设备确定至少两个传输块之前，本申请提供的方法还包括：终端设备接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，该信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项，通过终端设备接收第一配置信息，这样终端设备便使能可以在两个或两个传输块上发送信息的功能。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
第二方面，本申请提供一种信息接收方法，包括：网络设备接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块，网络设备解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，该至少两个传 输块中传输有第一信息，该第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项，其中，网络设备解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，包括：网络设备解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，得到第一信息，和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中多个传输块，联合解码得到第一信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，本申请提供的方法还包括：网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：第一时间段；带宽区域BWP；预编码矩阵参数；网络标识；参考信号；小区索引；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块：第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块，第一传输块和第二传输块满足以下项中的至少一项：第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的端口号组，其中，不同的端口号组中包括的端口号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块分别对应不同的参考信号组，其中，不同的参考信号组包括的参考信号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的BWP，其中，不同的BWP的索引不同；第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，本申请提供的方法还包括：网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：传输块的大小；混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；NDI；HARQ-确认ACK资源；冗余版本RV；时域和/或频域资源；第一定时器启动时间；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块满足以下至少一项：至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块的大小；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的时域和/或频域资源上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备根据第二指示信息所指示的NDI确定的；至少两个传输块为网 络设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上接收到的；至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的RV。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块均用于初传，该网络设备解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，包括：网络设备解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于初传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的多个用于初传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块均用于重传，网络设备解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，包括：网络设备解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于重传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的多个用于重传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，至少两个传输块中除一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传，网络设备解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，包括：网络设备解码至少两个传输块的一个用于初传的传输块，以及至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于重传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或，网络设备对用于初传的传输块和至少一个用于重传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置终端设备可通过两个或两个以上的传输块发送信息，信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，本申请提供的方法还包括：网络设备接收终端设备通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块发送的第二信息，该第二信息与第一信息不同，第一传输块组和第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠；网络设备解码通过第二传输块组传输的第二信息。
结合第二方面至第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
第三方面，本申请提供一种无线装置，例如，该无线装置可以为信息发送装置，该信息发送装置可以实现第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息发送方法。例如，该信息发送装置可以为终端设备，或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。
第三方面，该信息发送装置，包括：确定单元，用于确定至少两个传输块；发送单元，用于通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，该第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。其中，至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载第一信息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，确定单元，还用于确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：第一时间段；带宽区域BWP； 预编码矩阵参数；网络标识；参考信号；小区索引；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块；确定单元，还用于根据第一指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的联合标识，确定单元，具体用于将多个传输块中传输块的标识与所述第一指示信息所指示的联合标识关联传输块确定为至少两个传输块；或者，确定单元，具体用于将与第一指示信息所指示的联合标识相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
一种可能的实现方式中，该装置，还包括：接收单元，用于接收下行控制信息DCI，DCI包括联合标识，DCI用于指示至少两个传输块。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块，第一传输块和第二传输块满足以下项中的至少一项：第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的端口号组，其中，不同的端口号组中包括的端口号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块分别对应不同的参考信号组，其中，不同的参考信号组包括的参考信号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的BWP，其中，不同的BWP的索引不同；第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，确定单元，用于确定第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：传输块的大小；混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；NDI；HARQ-确认ACK资源；冗余版本RV；时域和/或频域资源；第一定时器启动时间；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块；确定单元，还用于根据第二指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块满足以下至少一项：至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块的大小；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的时域和/或频域资源上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备根据第二指示信息所指示的NDI确定的；至少两个传输块为网络 设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上接收到的；至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的RV。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块对应至少一个第一上行信道，确定单元，还用于确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，第一上行信道的优先级用于上行功率分配。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，确定单元，具体用于确定对应于至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：调制编码方式、物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级、初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH、路损值比例因子和/或路损值、所在的小区或载波或BWP；确定单元，还具体用于根据至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一项在，在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，第二信息通过至少一个第二上行信道传输，第二信息与第一信息不同，至少一个第二上行信道与至少一个第一上行信道的时域位置重叠；其中，第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，第二上行信道的数量小于第一上行信道的数量。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于最大发送功率；或者，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于最大发送功率。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级；或者，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下至少一项：第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的调制阶数高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的调制阶数；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的编码码率低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的编码码率；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER；第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第 十四种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级高于第一上行信道B的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的P O_PUSCH小于第一上行信道B的P O_PUSCH。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的路损值比例因子小于第一上行信道B的路损值比例因子，和/或，第一上行信道A的路损值小于第一上行信道B的路损值。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下一项：第一上行信道A所在的小区为主小区Pcell，第一上行信道B所在的小区为辅小区Scell；第一上行信道A所在的载波的载波索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的载波的载波索引号；第一上行信道A所在的BWP的BWP索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的BWP的BWP索引号，或，第一上行信道A所在的BWP为激活BWP，第一上行信道B所在的BWP为初始BWP。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，本申请提供的装置还包括：接收单元，用于确定第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与第一信息不同，第一传输块组和第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。可选的，发送单元，还用于通过第三指示信息所指示的至少一个参数的参数值，向网络设备传输第二传输块组，第二传输块组中承载有第二信息。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，至少两个传输块中除一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传；或，至少两个传输块均用于重传；至少两个传输块均用于初传。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第 二十种可能的实现方式中，本申请提供的接收单元，还用于接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，该信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
结合第三方面至第三方面的第二十种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第三方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
此外，本申请还提供一种无线装置，该无线装置包括：处理器和发射器，其中，处理器用于确定至少两个传输块，发射器，还用于通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息。其中，至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载第一信息。
可选的，该发射器用于支持无线装置实现上述第一方面至第一方面的任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据发送的操作。可选的，该装置还包括接收器，用于支持无线装置实现上述第一方面至第一方面的任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据接收的操作，处理器还用于执行上述第一方面至第一方面任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据处理的操作。可选的，本申请中的无线装置还包括：总线和存储器，存储器用于存储代码和数据，处理器、接收器、发射器和存储器通过总线连接。
第四方面，一种可能的设计中，该信息发送装置可以为终端设备或者设置在终端设备中的芯片，该信息发送装置可以包括至少一个处理器。该至少一个处理器被配置为通过执行指令，以支持该信息发送装置执行上述第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的方法中在该信息发送装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。可选的，该装置还可以包括存储器，用于与至少一个处理器耦合，其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。此外可选的，该信息传输装置还可以包括通信接口，用于支持该信息发送装置与其他网元(例如，网络设备)之间的通信。该通信接口可以是收发电路，其中，收发电路用于支持该信息发送装置执行上述第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的方法中在该信息发送装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的，信息发送装置还可以包括总线，其中，存储器、通信接口和至少一个处理器可以通过总线互联。
第五方面，本申请提供一种信息接收装置，该信息发送装置可以实现第二方面至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息接收方法。例如，该信息接收装置可以为网络设备，或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。
第五方面，本申请提供一种信息接收装置，包括：接收单元，用于接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块；解码单元，用于解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，该至少两个传输块中传输有第一信息，该第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项；其中，解码单元，具体用于执行以下步骤：解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，得到第一信息，和/或，对至少两个传输块中多个传输块，联合解码得到第一信息。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，本申请提供的装置还包括：发送单元，用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：第一时间段；带宽区域BWP；预编码矩阵参数；网络标识；参考信号；小区索引；联合标识，其中，联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块：第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中任一项，在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块，第一传输块和第二传输块满足以下项中的至少一项：第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的端口号组，其中，不同的端口号组中包括的端口号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块分别对应不同的参考信号组，其中，不同的参考信号组包括的参考信号相异；第一传输块和第二传输块映射在不同的BWP，其中，不同的BWP的索引不同；第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，发送单元，还用于向终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：传输块的大小；混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；NDI；HARQ-确认ACK资源；冗余版本RV；时域和/或频域资源；第一定时器启动时间；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，该第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块满足以下至少一项：至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块的大小；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的时域和/或频域资源上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块为网络设备根据第二指示信息所指示的NDI确定的；至少两个传输块为网络设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上接收到的；至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的RV。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块均用于初传，该解码单元，具体用于执行以下步骤：解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于初传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或，对至少两个传输块中的多个用于初传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块均用于重传，解码单元，具体用于执行以下步骤：解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于重传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或， 对至少两个传输块中的多个用于重传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，至少两个传输块中除一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传，解码单元，具体用于执行以下步骤：解码至少两个传输块的一个用于初传的传输块，以及至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于重传的传输块，得到第一信息；和/或，对用于初传的传输块和至少一个用于重传的传输块联合解码，得到第一信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，发送单元，具体用于向终端设备发送第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，该信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，本申请提供的发送单元，还用于向终端设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，通过该第二传输块组传输的第二信息与第一信息不同，第一传输块组和第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。可选的，本申请提供的接收单元，用于接收终端设备发送的第二传输块组，解码单元，还用于解码通过第二传输块组传输的第二信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
此外，本申请还提供一种无线装置，该无线装置包括：处理器和接收器，其中，接收器，用于接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块；处理器用于解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项，处理器具体用于执行以下步骤：解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块得到第一信息，和/或，对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块联合解码得到第一信息。
可选的，该接收器用于支持无线装置实现上述第二方面至第二方面的任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据接收的操作，该装置还包括：发射器，用于支持无线装置实现上述第二方面至第二方面的任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据发送的操作；处理器还用于执行上述第二方面至第二方面任一项所描述的在无线装置侧进行信息/数据处理的操作。可选的，本申请中的无线装置还包括：总线和存储器，存储器用于存储代码和数据，处理器、发射器、接收器和存储器通过总线连接。
第六方面，一种可能的设计中，该信息接收装置可以为网络设备或者设置在网络设备中的芯片，该信息接收装置可以包括至少一个处理器。该至少一个处理器被配置为通过执行指令，以支持该信息接收装置执行上述第二方面至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的方法中在该信息接收装置侧进行的消息处理或控制的相关操作。可选的，该装置还可以包括存储器，用于与至少一个处理器耦合，其保存该装置必要的程序(指令)和数据。此外可选的，该信息接收装置还可以包括通信接口，用于支持该信息接收装置与其他网元(例如，终端设备)之间的通信。该通信接口可以是收发电路，其中，收发电路用于支持该信息接收装置执行上述第二方面至第 二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的方法中在该信息接收装置侧进行消息接收和发送的相关操作。可选的，信息接收装置还可以包括总线，其中，存储器、通信接口和至少一个处理器可以通过总线互联。
本申请提供一种信息传输系统，包括第三方面任一项所描述的至少一个终端设备，以及第五方面任一项所描述的网络设备。
第七方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，使得第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中所描述的信息发送方法被执行。
第八方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被执行时，使得第二方面至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中所描述的信息接收方法被执行。
第九方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当该指令被运行时，使得终端设备执行上述第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息发送方法。
第十方面，本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当该指令被运行时，使得网络设备执行上述第二方面至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息接收方法。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种芯片系统，应用于信息发送装置中，该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联，处理器用于运行指令，以进行第一方面至第一方面的第二十一种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息发送方法。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种芯片系统，应用于信息传输装置中，该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联，处理器用于运行指令，以进行第二方面至第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中任一项所描述的信息接收方法。
可选的，本申请中上述描述的芯片系统还包括至少一个存储器，该至少一个存储器中存储有指令。
附图说明
图1为本申请提供的一种通信系统架构；
图2为本申请提供的一种基站的结构示意图一；
图3为本申请提供的一种基站的结构示意图二；
图4为本申请提供的一种信息发送和接收方法交互的流程示意图一；
图5为本申请提供的一种信息发送和接收方法交互的流程示意图二；
图6为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图一；
图7为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图一；
图8为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图二；
图9为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图三；
图10为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图二；
图11为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图三；
图12为本申请提供的一种芯片系统的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
联合(combine)解码(decoding)机制是指接收端将初传信息和至少一次重传信息或者将多个重传信息进行合并以解码目标信息的机制，又可以称为合并解码，本申请提供一种信息传输方法和装置，用以解决通信系统中业务对于可靠性要求很高，错误率较低，例如10e -4、10e -5、10e -6，并且传输时延小的问题。现有技术中通常是将在一个通道中传输的数据使用联合解码机制，联合解码的机制一般来将分为软合并(chase combing，CC)或者增强冗余(Incremental Redundancy，IR)。软合并可以理解为：在单纯的HARQ机制中，接收到的错误数据包是直接被丢弃的。虽然这些错误数据包不能够独立地正确译码，但是它们依然包含有一定的信息。软合并(chase combine，CC)就是利用这部分信息，即是将接收到的错误数据包保存在存储器中，与重传的数据包合并在一起进行译码，提高了传输效率。增量冗余可以理解为：是通过在第一次传输时发送信息bit和一部分冗余bit，而通过重传(retransmission)发送额外的冗余bit。如果第一次传输没有成功解码，则可以通过重传更多冗余bit降低信道编码率，从而提高解码成功率。如果加上重传的冗余bit仍然无法正常解码，则进行再次重传。随着重传次数的增加，冗余bit不断积累，信道编码率不断降低，从而可以获得更好的解码效果。而本申请中终端设备将第一信息以多个传输块传输至网络设备，这样网络设备在接收到以多个传输块传输的第一信息之后，便可以采用HARQ合并将多个传输块中承载的信息合并，以确定第一信息。本申请中的“合并”可以是软合并，也可以是增量冗余的合并，也可以是其他方式，本申请并不限定。其中，方法和装置是基于同一发明构思的，由于方法及设备解决问题的原理相似，因此设备与方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
由于接收端通过联合解码可以带来性能增益，因此与之对应的发送端需要进行复制(duplicate)传输(transmission)。即发送端将相同的信息或来自相同信息源的信息承载在不同的传输块上发送。可以理解的是，发送端是终端设备且接收端是网络设备时，那么终端设备的复制传输行为需要被网络设备指示，也就是说终端设备需要根据指示信息确定哪些传输块是进行第一信息的复制传输。发送端是网络设备且接收端是终端设备时，那么网络设备可以直接进行复制传输，在复制传输之前或之中或之后发送指示信息，用于指示终端设备进行联合解码，或者联合解码的性能好处。
需要说明的是，本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
本申请中“的(英文：of)”，相应的“(英文corresponding，relevant)”和“对应的(英文：corresponding)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。
本申请中的术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。
本申请中的术语“第一”、“第二”等仅是为了区分不同的对象，并不对其顺序进行限定。例如，第一传输块和第二传输块仅仅是为了区分不同的传输块，并不对其 先后顺序进行限定。
在介绍本申请之前首先介绍本申请涉及到的相关词语：
联合/合并：Combine，一般涉及传输块或传输块内信息的合并，例如多个传输块(transport block，TB)合并、多个TB中的部分或全部信息的合并等，合并解码可以理解为基于多个传输块或者多个传输块内的信息联合解码或译码，得到通过多个传输块传输的第一信息。有多种实现方式，例如多个传输块分别传输的部分信息或全部信息的叠加、多个传输块的合并等。
复制：duplicate，一般涉及传输块或传输块内信息的重复或复制，例如多个传输块合并、多个TB中的部分或全部信息是相同的信息等，复制传输可以理解为在多个传输块或者多个传输块内的信息上传输相同的信息，以便于接收端的联合解码或译码，复制传输通过多个传输块传输的同一个第一信息。有多种实现方式，例如多个传输块分别复制传输的一个传输块的全部信息、多个传输块分别复制传输的一个传输块的部分信息、多个传输块基于同一个数据源生成了具体形式不同的第一信息，如冗余版本不同的第一信息等。
初传：是指终端设备首次向网络设备或其他终端设备发送的数据/信息，或者网络设备(其他终端设备)第一次接收到的信息确定为初传信息，在这种情况下，网络设备第一次接收到的信息也可能是终端设备重传的信息。
重传：是指终端设备进行重新传输出错或者丢失的数据/信息，重传的信息可以和初传的信息进行合并，并对合并后的信息进行译码。
多载波：又称为载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)，两个或更多的成员载波(component carrier)的频谱被聚合在一起以得到更宽的传输带宽，各成员载波的频谱可以是相邻的连续频谱、也可以是同一频带内的不相邻频谱甚至是不同频带内的不连续频谱。用户设备根据其能力和业务需求可以同时使用多个成员载波进行数据发射或接收。CA系统是同一个基站下的载波进行聚合，或者有理想回传(backhaul)的宏小区和微小区下的载波聚合，比如宏小区和微小区通过光纤连接(此时微小区也可以是无线射频头)，这样多个载波上承载的信息基站都可以及时获得，网络设备可以对多个载波进行联合的调度，并且CA系统中多个小区的下行发射是同步的，误差小于260ns。
例如，终端设备可以通过载波1和载波2相同的时间段上向网络设备通过多个传输块，或，多个码块，或，多个码块组发送信息。其中，TB，码块(code block，CB)，或者多个码块组(CB group，CBG)。一个CBG包括一个或多个CB。一个TB包括一个或多个CB，也可以包括一个或多个CBG。
多层(layer)传输：在NR系统中支持大规模天线技术MIMO，对于传输数据的资源来说包括：时域、频域、空域。其中多层传输就属于利用空域的正交性，即利用传输信道空间的正交性，终端设备可以通过多个空间通道向网络设备发送数据。现在NR中，一个码字(codeword，CW)可以最大映射到4层上，如果传输大于4层的情况，那么就要映射两个码字CW。标准上一个CW又称为一个传输块。
多带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)传输：在NR中引入了BWP，一个载波中可以配置多个BWP。目前BWP的使用可以参考LTE载波的使用，本申请对此不进行赘述。
本申请中的高层信令可以指高层协议层发出的信令，高层协议层为物理层以上的多个协议层中的至少一个协议层。示例性的，高层协议层具体可以为以下协议层中的至少一个：媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、分组数据会聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层和非接入层(non access stratum，NAS)。
如图1所示，图1示出了本申请提供的一种信息传输方法所应用的通信系统架构，包括：终端设备130接入到无线网络，以通过无线网络获取外网(例如因特网)的服务，或者通过无线网络与其它终端通信。该无线网络包括接入网(以无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)为例)110和核心网(core network，CN)120，其中RAN110用于将终端设备130接入到无线网络，CN120用于对终端设备进行管理并提供与外网通信的网关。
本申请中的终端设备，也可以称为终端，或者也可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户单元(User Unit)、用户站(User Station)、移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远方站(Remote Station)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、移动设备(Mobile Equipment)、用户终端(User Terminal)、无线通信设备(Wireless Telecom Equipment)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户装备(User Equipment)或用户装置。终端设备可以是无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)中的站点(STAION，ST)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统，例如，第五代通信(fifth-generation，5G)网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络中的终端设备，新无线(new radio，NR)通信系统中的终端设备等。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，网络设备可以是与终端设备通信的设备，例如，可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point，AP)，GSM或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备，或NR系统中的新一代基站(new generation Node B，gNodeB)等。
另外，在本发明实施例中，网络设备为小区提供服务，终端通过该小区使用的传 输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信，该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发送功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的信息传输服务。
此外，LTE系统或NR系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，在某些特殊场景下，也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)场景下，当为UE配置辅载波时，会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(cell indentify，Cell ID)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如UE接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。
由于未来接入网可以采用云无线接入网(cloud radio access network，C-RAN)架构来实现，一种可能的方式是将传统基站的协议栈架构和功能分割为两部分，一部分称为集中单元(central unit，CU)，另一部分称为分布单元(distributed unite，DU)，而CU和DU的实际部署方式比较灵活，例如多个基站的CU部分集成在一起，组成一个规模较大的功能实体。如图2所示，其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构的示意图。如图2所示，该网络架构包括CN设备和RAN设备。其中RAN设备包括基带装置和射频装置，其中基带装置可以由一个节点实现，也可以由多个节点实现，射频装置可以从基带装置拉远独立实现，也可以集成基带装置中，或者部分拉远部分集成在基带装置中。例如，在LTE通信系统中，RAN设备(eNB)包括基带装置和射频装置，其中射频装置可以相对于基带装置拉远布置(例如射频拉远单元(radio remote unit，RRU)相对于基带处理单元(building base band unit，BBU))，RAN设备由一个节点实现，该节点用于实现RRC、PDCP、RLC、MAC等协议层的功能。再如，在一种演进结构中，基带装置可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布单元(distributed unit，DU)，多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。如图2所示，CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分，例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU，PDCP以下的协议层，例如无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)和媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层等的功能设置在DU。
这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例，还可以在其它协议层划分，例如在RLC层划分，将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU，RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU；或者，在某个协议层中划分，例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU，将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外，也可以按其它方式划分，例如按时延划分，将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU，不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。
此外，射频装置可以拉远，不放在DU中，也可以集成在DU中，或者部分拉远部分集成在DU中，在此不作任何限制。
此外，请继续参考图3，相对于图2所示的架构，还可以将CU的控制面(control plane，CP)和用户面(user plane，UP)分离，分成不同实体来实现，分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。
在以上网络架构中，CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端，或者终端产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装而透传给终端或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端之间的传输，此时，DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。例如，RRC或PDCP层的信令最终会处理为物理层(physical layer，PHY)的信令发送给终端，或者，由接收到的PHY层的信令转变而来。在这种架构下，该RRC或PDCP层的信令，即也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU和射频发送的。
在以上实施例中CU划分为RAN中网络设备，此外，也可以将CU划分为CN中的网络设备，在此不做限制。
本申请以下实施例中的装置，根据其实现的功能，可以位于终端设备或网络设备。当采用以上CU-DU的结构时，网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。
如图4所示，图4示出了本申请提供的一种信息发送方法和信息接收方法的流程，包括：
S101、终端设备确定至少两个传输块。
S102、终端设备通过至少两个传输块发送第一信息，该第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
可以理解的是，本申请中终端设备通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息时，该至少两个传输块中分别承载的信息可以为第一信息的一部分，或者，至少两个传输块中分别承载第一信息或者包含第一信息的信息，或者，至少两个传输块是相同的传输块。总之，该至少两个传输块中承载的信息可以用于网络设备得到第一信息。
示例性的，以至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载的信息为第一信息的部分为例，第一信息为A，该第一信息包括a1、a2、以及a3，那么终端设备可以通过传输a1的传输块1、传输a2的传输块2以及传输a3的传输块3向网络设备发送第一信息。当然，本申请中也可以通过传输块2向网络设备传输a1和a2，通过传输块2向网络设备传输a3。
示例的，以至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载的信息为第一信息的部分为例，第一信息为一个传输块的信息，该第一信息包括3个CBG，那么，终端设备可以通过分别传输块1传输CBG1、通过传输块2传输CBG2以及通过传输块3传输CBG3，以将第一信息通过传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3传输给网络设备。
示例的，以至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载的信息为包含第一信息的信息为例，第一信息为CBG1，那么终端设备可以通过传输块1传输CBG1、传输块2传输CBG1以及通过传输块3传输CBG1，以向网络设备发送第一信息。
具体的，第一信息可以是一个或多个TB的信息，也可以是一个或多个CB的信息，也可以是一个或多个CBG的信息。
具体的，本申请中可以按照每个传输块可以承载的信息大小和/或第一信息的大小，将第一信息划分为多个子信息，以用每个传输块来承载一个或多个子信息。本申请中可以将至少两个传输块中承载的信息看作是相同的信息或具有相同信息源的信息。
可选的，本申请中的至少两个传输块用于承载相同的信息或者具有相同信息源的 信息。
S103、网络设备接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块。
S104、网络设备解码终端设备通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
可选的，本申请中的S104可以通过以下步骤实现：网络设备解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，得到第一信息。和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的两个或两个以上的传输块联合解码得到第一信息。下述涉及到网络设备解码一个传输块组传输的信息的过程均可以参考此处的描述，即对传输块组中的至少一个传输块解码，以得到第一信息，或者对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块，联合解码得到第一信息。
需要说明的是，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块，联合解码得到第一信息，包括如下两种情况：一种情况为本申请中在网络设备对至少两个传输块中的传输块单独解码失败的情况下，网络设备可以对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块进行联合解码，以得到第一信息。另一种情况网络设备不单独解码，而是直接对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块联合解码以得到第一信息。针对正确解码或错误解码的条件，本申请实施例下文会进行阐述。
需要说明的，上述实施例中涉及到的网络设备还可以替换成另一个终端设备，即两个终端设备之间进行信息传输，上述仅是以终端设备和网络设备之间信息传输为例，可以理解的是，上述方法同样适用于两个终端设备或者多个终端设备之间的信息传输，当上述方法适用于两个终端设备或者多个终端设备之间的信息传输时，本申请中涉及网络设备的步骤可以由向终端设备发送第一信息的另一个终端设备来执行，本发明实施例不再限定。
通常情况下，终端设备虽然具有通过多个传输块传输信息的能力，该多个传输块中需要承载相同的信息或具有相同信息源的信息，导致系统传输效率低。因此，当网络设备需要保证高可靠性的传输时候，网络设备才会配置使能终端设备可以通过多个传输块传输信息的能力。这种情况下，网络设备便可以在接收到通过至少两个传输块时，解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。因此，可选的，作为本申请的另一个实施例，本申请在S101之前，还包括：终端设备接收第一配置信息，该第一配置信息用于配置终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
本申请对终端设备确定第一配置信息的方式不限定，例如，终端设备可以从网络设备处获取第一配置信息，也可以从其他与终端设备进行信息传输的其他终端设备处获取第一配置信息。以第一配置信息为网络设备发送给终端设备的为例，在这种情况下，本申请在终端设备确定第一配置信息之前还包括：S105、网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息。S106、终端设备根据从网络设备处接收的信息，确定第一配置信息。
这里需要说明的是，第一配置信息的目的是为了用于配置终端设备能够复制传输，并不意味着终端设备立刻开始执行复制传输。终端设备还需要接收用于确定复制传输的至少两个传输块的指示信息，以确定是否需要对至少两个传输块中的多个传输块复制传输。可选的，第一配置信息还可以用于配置终端设备不进行复制传输。在这种情况下，即使终端设备接收到用于确定复制传输的至少两个传输块的指示信息，仍然不进行复制传输。
需要说明的是，本申请中网络设备可以在需要接收终端设备发送的高可靠性传输的时候，向终端设备发送第一配置信息，也可以在终端设备确定需要向网络设备发送高可靠性传输时，向网络设备发送第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于指示网络设备为终端设备配置可对多个传输块复制传输的功能，或者第一上报能力消息，该第一上报能力消息用于指示网络设备该终端设备具有对多个传输块复制传输的能力，也即网络设备在接收到该第一请求消息或第一上报能力消息之后，执行S105，本申请对此不进行限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中的S105和S106的主要目的是为了配置终端设备使能能够复制传输多个传输块的功能。当终端设备不具有复制传输多个传输块的能力，该S105和S106可以省略，即S105和S106是可选的。
可选的，在终端设备未收到该第一配置信息的情况下，终端设备可能在发送两个或两个以上的传输块时，并不对该两个或两个以上传输块执行复制传输，也即终端设备可能认为向网络设备发送的两个或两个以上传输块中的信息为不同的信息，或具有不同信息源的信息，在这种情况下，终端设备便不会启动复制传输多个传输块的操作。
需要说明的是，本申请中的第一配置信息是上行(即终端设备向网络设备发送多个传输块，网络设备通过多个传输块接收第一信息的过程)的。进一步，还可以存在第二配置信息，第二配置信息是下行(即网络设备向终端设备发送至少两个传输块，终端设备通过至少两个传输块接收第一信息的过程)。即针对上行和下行可以分别配置，网络设备可为终端设备配置第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息。如终端设备的上行信息需要高可靠性传输则配置第一配置信息，如终端设备的下行信息需要高可靠性传输则配置第二配置信息，灵活配置可以提高终端设备接收或发送的效率。
本申请实施例提供一种信息发送方法，通过将终端设备的第一信息通过至少两个传输块传输给网络设备，由于至少两个传输块中的传输块可以用于联合解码得到第一信息，这样便可以使得网络设备通过对至少两个传输块进行联合解码以得到第一信息，从而提高了上行传输的可靠性，由于现有技术中复制传输通常是用于初传的传输块和用于重传的传输块，或者两个用于重传的传输块之间进行复制传输，该用于初传的传输块和用于重传的传输块和两个用于重传的传输块之间的传输存在先后顺序，且需要等到接收端反馈否定应答才发送，这样会增加传输时延，而本申请中的至少两个传输块之间的发送并不需要等待到下一个发送时机才能发送重传，也不需要等待接收端反馈否定应答再发送，因此可以降低传输时延。
可以理解的，通常情况下，多个传输块承载在至少一个物理下行数据信道(又称：物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH))上。一般情况下，一个PDSCH最多承载两个传输块。也就说多个传输块的数量大于3的时候，就需要至少两个PDSCH信道用于传输此多个传输块。
可选的，上述S105和S106可以省略的情况下，或者终端设备由于某种原因(例如，信道质量)未接收到第一配置信息时，且为了提高业务传输的高可靠性，终端设备可以通过其他方式确定可以通过多个传输块传输第一信息，本申请中终端设备可以通过多种方式确定至少两个传输块，因此，S101的一种可能的实现方式为：
S1011、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传 输块的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：第一时间段；带宽区域BWP；预编码矩阵参数；网络标识；参考信号；小区索引；联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于复制传输的传输块。
可选的，本申请中的第一指示信息所指示的参数还包括：时域资源和/或频域资源等参数、端口号组，例如，DMRS端口。
可选的，本申请中的第一指示信息可以为网络设备发送给终端设备的，或者终端设备本身被配置的或预先定义。在第一指示信息可以为网络设备发送给终端设备的情况下，在S101之前，本申请提供的方法还包括：S107、网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息，相应的，S1011可以为：终端设备将从网络设备处接收的信息，确定为第一指示信息。
具体的，本申请中终端设备确定第一指示信息可以通过动态信令或高层信令或预先定义确定的，其中动态信令一般为承载在下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)中的指示信息。
S1012、终端设备根据第一指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。
下述将以至少两个传输块中的第一传输块和第二传输块为例进行说明，第一传输块和第二传输块为至少两个传输块中的任意两个传输块，或者第一传输块代表至少两个传输块中的一个或多个传输块，第二传输块代表至少两个传输块中的一个或多个传输块，本申请中的第一传输块和第二传输块并不具有任何指示性含义。
可以理解的是，终端设备确定至少两个传输块之后，便可以通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，此至少两个传输块用于复制传输，为了使得网络设备在接收到的终端设备发送的至少两个传输块之后，可以确定终端设备发送的多个传输块是用于复制传输的，因此本申请中终端设备根据第一指示信息，将多个传输块中传输块的标识与第一指示信息所指示的参数相同或者关联的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
示例性的，终端设备确定多个传输块中存在两个或两个以上的传输块所在的资源是在第一指示信息所指示的时频资源上，或者在第一时间段内，则终端设备确定在第一指示信息所指示的时频资源上发送的，或者在第一时间段内发送的两个或两个以上的传输块可用于复制传输。
具体的，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
需要说明的是，本申请中的第一参数可以为第一指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个，也可以为其他参数，第二参数可以为第一指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个，也可以为其他参数，且第一指示信息所指示的多个不同参数之间可以组合使用，以确定至少两个传输块。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第一参数为第一BWP和第二BWP，其中，第一传输块对应于第一BWP，第二传输块对应于第二BWP。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第一参数为第一BWP和第二BWP，第二参数为第一时间段，其中，第一传输块对应于第一BWP，第二传输块对应于第二BWP， 且第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的第一时间段。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第二参数为第一时间段，其中，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的第一时间段。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第一参数为第一端口号组和第二端口号组，对应的第二参数为第一时域资源，其中，第一传输块对应第一端口号组，第二传输块对应第二端口号组，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的第一时域资源。
又一示例，第一指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，该参数值为联合标识，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的联合标识相同。
由于第一指示信息所指示的内容不同，终端设备根据第一指示信息确定至少两个传输块的方式存在差异，因此以下将分别结合第一指示信息的具体内容来介绍S1012的具体实现。
A1、第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的联合标识，联合标识用于指示复制传输的传输块。终端设备将多个传输块中传输块的标识与第一指示信息所指示的联合标识关联或者终端设备将与第一指示信息所指示的联合标识相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。也即，终端设备在向网络设备发送该至少两个传输块之前，已确定第一指示信息所指示的联合标识与至少两个传输块关联或者与至少两个传输块的标识相同。
本申请中的联合标识可以为与多个传输块关联的索引，终端设备确定多个传输块对应的标识，这样终端设备发送与联合标识的索引关联的至少两个传输块，该至少两个传输块为复制传输。
例如，传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3均与索引Y1关联，这样终端设备便可以通过索引Y1关联的传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3向网络设备发送第一信息，例如Y1＝10。传输块4以及传输块5均与索引Y2关联，这样终端设备便可以通过与索引Y2关联的传输块4以及传输块5向网络设备发送第二信息，例如Y2＝01。其中，传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3为第一传输块组中的传输块，传输块4以及传输块5为第二传输块组中的传输块。
可以理解为，传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3可以分别是由3个下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)调度的，也可以对应同一个DCI调度的。即，网络设备会通过承载在DCI中的联合标识，指示终端设备是否在多个传输块中发送具有相同信息源的信息或者相同信息，即是否在多个传输块中执行复制传输，此DCI可以是调度传输块的DCI，也可以是其他DCI。
本申请中的联合标识可以为指示信息，该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息，其中，第一指示信息表示与该第一指示信息关联的多个传输块可用于传输相同信息或者具有相同信息源的信息，也即可用于复制传输，第二指示信息表示与该第二指示信息关联的传输块不可用于复制传输，即传输不同的信息或不同信息源的信息，这样终端设备根据具有相同的指示信息便可确定用于复制传输的传输块，此传输块中的信息为相同的信息或相同信息源，具有不同联合标识的传输块中的信息为不同的信息。
本发明实施例中，相同信息源是指相同的物理层传输比特序列经过调制编码，冗 余版本，映射时频域资源上时，由于调制编码方式，冗余版本，映射资源或其他因素的不同可能导致最终传输的第一信息实际传输的形式不同，即相同的信息源可用于联合解码。相反，不同的信息源即使实际传输的形式相同，由于不同的信息导致不可以联合解码，也可以理解为如果联合解码会一定无法正确解码，无论传输几次。
例如，当第一指示信息所指示的联合标识为1的时候，终端设备通过码字1和码字2向网络设备传输相同的信息，则终端设备将码字1和码字2与联合标识1关联。当第一指示信息所指示的联合标识为0的时候，终端设备在码字1和码字2中承载不同的信息。这样终端设备确定至少两个传输块对应的联合标识为0时，便可以确定码字1和码字2中传输的是不同的信息，或者具有不同信息源的信息，这样网络设备也不会将码字1和码字2用于联合解码，也即终端设备可以通过码字1传输信息A，以及通过码字2传输信息B，其中，信息A和信息B不同。可以理解为，码字1和码字2可以是对应同一个DCI调度的，也可以对应不同的DCI调度的。
当然，本申请中联合标识还可以对应一个传输块组，即用联合标识指示是否通过一个传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输信息，具体的，如表1到表4所示，表1到表4示出了本申请提供的联合标识。
表1
联合标识1 指示
0 不用于复制传输的传输块
1 用于复制传输的传输块
表2
联合标识1 指示
00 不用于复制传输的传输块
10 用于复制传输第一传输块组中的传输块
01 用于复制传输第二传输块组中的传输块
11 用于复制传输第三传输块组中的传输块
表3
联合标识2 指示
0 不用于复制传输的CW
1 用于复制传输的CW
表4
联合标识2 指示
00 CW不能用于复制传输
10 第一CW可用于用于复制传输
01 第二CW可用于用于复制传输
11 第一CW和第二CW可用于复制传输
又一方面，联合标识可以为联合标识1和/或联合标识2，即这两个联合标识可以只存在1个，也可以存在两个。该联合标识2用于指示终端设备将传输块在不同层发送时，是否执行复制传输，例如联合标识2。示例性的，该联合标识2的大小可以为1bit。
联合标识1用于指示终端设备在载波间或BWP间的传输块是否可以复制传输。联合标识2用于指示不同层间的传输块是否可以用于复制传输。联合标识1用于标识频域资源之间是否用于复制传输。示例性的，联合标识10对应载波1和载波2上的传输块可以用于联合解码，载波1和载波2在第一频域资源组上。进一步的，传输在载波1中的CW1和CW2是否可以用于复制传输，还是分别传输。因此此时有三种合并可能的方法：
可能1：载波1和载波2上的CW1一起用于复制传输。
可能2：载波1和载波2上的CW2一起用于复制传输。
可能3：载波1和载波2上的CW1和CW2一起用于复制传输。
可能4：载波1上的CW1和载波2上的CW2一起用于复制传输。
可能5：载波1上的CW2和载波2上的CW1一起用于复制传输。
可能6：载波1上的CW1和载波2上的CW1和CW2一起用于复制传输。
可能7：载波1上的CW2和载波2上的CW1和CW2一起用于复制传输。
可能8：载波1上的CW1和CW2和载波2上的CW1一起用于复制传输。
可能9：载波1上的CW1和CW2和载波2上的CW2一起用于复制传输。
具体的，如表5到表7所示：
表5
联合标识1 指示
00 不可用于复制传输
10 第一频域资源组可用于复制传输
01 第二频域资源组可用于复制传输
11 第三频域资源组可用于复制传输
表6
联合标识2-1 指示
0 不复制传输的CW1
1 用于复制传输的CW1
表7
联合标识2-2 指示
0 不用于复制传输的CW2
1 用于复制传输的CW2
即，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的联合标识判断，是否向网络设备复制传输至少两个传输块。
A2、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息对应于至少两个传输块的第一时间段，则终端设备根据多个传输块的时间信息，将传输块的时间信息属于第一指示信息所指示的时间段中的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，这样网络设备便可以将在第一指示信息所指示的第一时间段内接收到的传输块确定为可用于联合解码的传输块。
具体的，终端设备将在第一时间段内的多个传输块，确定为至少两个传输块。具体的，该第一时间段的起始时间为终端设备接收到第一指示信息的时间点+K个符号或时隙，其中，K大于或等于0，当然，该第一时间段的起始时间也可以由网络设备在 第一指示信息中指示，此外，该第一时间段的持续时间可以是预定义的时间长度，也可以第二指示信息中或其他信息中指示，本申请对此不限定。
具体的，第一指示信息可以为用于指示第一时间段的信息，可以为第一时间段，也可以为与第一时间段关联的索引。即可以理解是在第一时间段内的传输块均可用于复制传输。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的时隙或符号的索引号。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是符号0～符号6，那么终端设备将在符号0～符号6上发送至少两个传输块。示例性的，以第一指示信息指示的时隙为时隙0为例，那么终端设备将在时隙0上发送至少两个传输块。
示例性2，第一指示信息指示的时隙或符号的相对偏移量组。
可以理解为，第一指示信息是承载DCI中的，第一指示信息指示的是相对于当前DCI所在时隙或所在符号的偏移时间或偏移索引号。例如当前DCI所在的符号为1，第一指示信息指示的相对偏移量组为{2～5}个符号，那么终端设备将至少两个传输块在符号3～符号6上传输给网络设备。
示例性的，以当前DCI所在的时隙0为1，第一指示信息指示的相对偏移量组为{0～1}个时隙，那么终端设备将在时隙0和时隙1上向网络设备传输至少两个传输块。
需要说明的是相对偏移量组中的信息个数可以是一个，也可以是多个，本发明实施例不做限定。
即，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的第一时间段，在第一时间段内发送至少两个传输块中的传输块在第一时间段内传输给网络设备，这样网络设备便可以将在第一时间段内接收到的传输块确定为可用于联合解码的传输块。
A3、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的频域资源。
可以理解的是，第一指示信息由于指示对应于至少两个传输块的频域资源的信息。终端设备根据多个传输块的频域资源信息，将多个传输块中频域资源与第一指示信息所指示的频域资源相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。也即在终端设备将至少两个传输块传输给网络设备之前，终端设备确定该至少两个传输块已与第一指示信息所指示的频域资源关联。例如至少两个传输块所在的频域资源在第一指示信息所指示的频域资源内，或者，至少两个传输块所在的频域资源与第一指示信息所指示的频域资源相同。可选的，本申请中终端设备还可以将至少两个传输块在第一指示信息所指示的频域资源上发送给网络设备。
第一指示信息所指示的频域资源可以为用于指示频域资源的标识的信息，或者频域资源的标识，也可以为与频域资源相关联的索引，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的载波的索引。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是载波0和载波1，那么终端设备可以将多个传输块中与载波0关联的传输块以及与载波1关联的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。可选的，终端设备还可以将至少两个传输块在载波0和载波1上向网络设备传输。
示例性2，第一指示信息指示的BWP的索引。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是BWP0、BWP1和BWP2，那么终端设备根据第一指示信息，将多个传输块对应的 BWP与第一指示信息所指示的BWP索引相同的或者关联的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
可选的，终端设备还可以将至少两个传输块中的传输块在BWP0、BWP1和BWP2上向网络设备传输。
即，终端设备第一指示信息所指示的利用频域资源判断，将多个传输块对应的频域资源中与第一指示信息所指示的频域资源相同或者关联的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，以便网络设备在第一指示信息所指示的频域资源上接收到的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
具体的，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的两个或两个以上的频域资源，则终端设备将多个传输块对应的频域资源中与该至少两个或两个以上的频域资源关联或者相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
具体的，该频域资源可以为BWP或载波。
A4、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的预编码矩阵参数。
具体的，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的预编码矩阵参数，将多个传输块中与第一指示信息所指示的预编码矩阵参数相同或者关联的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
第一指示信息所指示的预编码矩阵参数可以为用于指示预编码矩阵参数的标识的信息，或者预编码矩阵参数的标识，也可以为与预编码矩阵参数相关联的索引，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的预编码矩阵参数的索引。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是预编码矩阵参数1和预编码矩阵参数2，那么终端设备将预编码矩阵参数1的传输块和预编码矩阵参数2的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。即终端设备利用预编码矩阵参数判断不同波束上接收到的传输块是否为至少两个传输块中的传输块。
A5、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的网络标识。
本申请中的网络标识可以用于在终端设备接入的小区中识别该终端设备，例如，该网络设备可以为LTE系统中的RNTI。
具体的，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的网络标识或小区索引，将以第一指示信息所指示的网络标识或者小区索引加扰的两个或两个以上的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。或者终端设备将任意两个传输块通过第一指示信息所指示的网络标识或者小区索引加扰，并在加扰后将具有第一指示信息所指示的网络标识或者小区索引的至少两个传输块传输给网络设备，可以理解的是，当终端设备将至少两个传输块发送给网络设备之前，该至少两个传输块已具有第一指示信息所指示的网络标识或小区索引。
第一指示信息所指示的网络标识可以为用于指示网络标识的信息，或者网络标识的标识，也可以为与网络标识相关联的索引，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的网络标识的索引，例如网络标识可以为RNTI。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是RNTI 1和RNTI 2，那么终端设备多个传输块的标识与RNTI1关联或者相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，将多个传输块 的标识与RNTI2关联或者相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。
A5、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的参考信号的信息。
具体的，终端设备根据第一指示信息，将多个传输块对应的参考信号中与第一指示信息所指示的参考信号相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，或者终端设备将至少两个传输块在第一指示信息所指示的参考信号上传输给网络设备。
第一指示信息所指示的参考信号可以为用于指示参考信号的标识的信息，或者参考信号的标识，也可以为与参考信号相关联的索引，也可以是参考信号对应扰码，也可以参考信号对应的序列信息，也可以参考信号对应的频域信息，也可以参考信号对应的序列排序信息，也可以参考信号对应的时域位置和/或时域密度信息，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的参考信号，例如参考信号的序列信息。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是序列1和序列2，那么终端设备将多个传输块对应的参考信号的序列与序列1相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，将多个传输块对应的参考信号的序列与序列2相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。这样便于网络设备利用接收到的传输块对应的参考信号的序列判断，接收到的传输块是否用于复制传输。
示例性2，第一指示信息指示的参考信号，例如端口号的信息。可以理解为当第一指示信息指示的是端口号1、3和端口号4、8，那么终端设备将多个传输块对应的端口中端口号为1、3和端口号为4、8的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。此外，终端设备还可以根据第一指示信息所指示的端口发送至少两个传输块，这样网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的传输块时，便可以将终端设备在网络设备所指示的端口号上传输的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。例如，这样网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的传输块时，即使其他层上也传输了，网络设备也不会将其他层上传输的传输块中的信息和层8和层0上传输的传输块中的信息合并。以此类推，参考信号的其他情况本申请在此不再赘述。
A6、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的小区索引。
具体的，终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的小区索引，将以该小区索引加扰的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
可以理解的是，终端设备确定至少两个传输块的小区索引的信息。终端设备根据至少两个传输块的小区索引的信息，确定至少两个传输块。
第一指示信息所指示的小区索引可以为用于指示小区索引的标识的信息，或者小区索引的标识，也可以为与小区索引相关联的索引，也可以是小区索引对应扰码，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的小区索引，例如小区索引的标识信息。
示例性的，当第一指示信息指示的是小区索引为标识1和标识2，那么终端设备多个传输块中标识为标识1和标识2的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，或者终端设备根据第一指示信息将多个传输块中的一部分传输块与标识1关联，将至少两个传输块 中的另一部分传输块与标识2关联，或者终端设备将至少两个传输块中的每个传输块均与标识1关联，或者将至少两个传输块中的每个传输块均与标识2关联。即终端设备利用小区索引向网络设备指示哪些传输块用于复制传输。
A7、终端设备确定第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的HARQ进程号。具体的，终端设备将在第一指示信息所指示的HARQ进程号传输的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
可以理解的是，终端设备确定多个传输块中每个传输块的HARQ进程号的信息，终端设备将多个传输块中HARQ进程号与第一指示信息所指示的HARQ进程号相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
第一指示信息所指示的HARQ进程号可以为用于指示HARQ进程号的标识的信息，也可以为与HARQ进程号相关联的索引，本申请对此不进行限定。
示例性1，第一指示信息指示的HARQ进程号，例如可以为HARQ进程号的标识信息。
示例性的，当第一指示信息指示的是HARQ进程号1和HARQ进程号2，那么终端设备可以将在载波1、BWP1、小区1上的HARQ进程号1上传输的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，以及将在载波2、BWP1和小区2的HARQ进程号2上传输的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。
具体的，第一指示信息可以为用于指示第一时间段的信息，可以为第一时间段，也可以为与第一时间段关联的索引。第一指示信息所指示的频域资源可以为用于指示频域资源标识的信息，或者频域资源的标识，也可以为与频域资源相关联的索引，本申请对此不进行限定，以此类推，上述第一指示信息所指示的内容均可以为该内容本身，也可以为与该内容关联的索引或信息，本申请在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，上述第一时间段、频域资源、预编码矩阵参数、网络标识、参考信号、小区索引、HARQ进程号以及联合标识均可以包括两个或两个以上的参数。例如，第一指示信息用于指示的频域资源可以为一个频域资源子集，该频域资源子集包括两个或两个以上的频域资源，第一指示信息用于指示的网络标识可以为一个网络标识子集，该网络标识子集包括两个或两个以上的网络标识，第一指示信息用于指示的小区索引可以为一个小区索引子集，该小区索引子集包括两个或两个以上的小区索引等。该第一指示信息用于指示的参考信号可以为一个参考信号子集，该参考信号子集包括至少两个参考信号的端口号或者层，以此类推，本申请在此不再赘述。
可以理解的是，第一指示信息指示的参考信号还可以为参考信号端口号或者层。
其中，频域资源可以为BWP、载波、小区中的至少一项，本申请对此不进行限定，本申请对此不进行限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中终端设备可以根据第一指示信息所指示的多个参数进行联合进行判断传输块是否为至少两个传输块。具体的，终端设备确定在第一时间段向网络设备发送的传输块为至少两个传输块。又例如，终端设备在第一时间段且网络标识为第一指示信息指示的网络标识的传输块为至少两个传输块。
需要说明的是，终端设备在根据第一指示信息确定传输块为至少对应的参数的至少两个传输块之后，通过至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息。
根据第一指示信息，本申请中的至少两个传输块满足一项中的至少一项，因此本申请中仅以第一传输块和第二传输块为例进行说明，第一传输块和第二传输块为至少两个传输块中的任意两个传输块，或者第一传输块代表至少两个传输块中的一个或多个传输块，第二传输块代表至少两个传输块中的一个或多个传输块，本申请中的第一传输块和第二传输块并不具有任何指示性含义。但不限于存在第三传输块和第四传输块使用相同的条件判定。
具体的，第一传输块和第二传输块满足以下项中的至少一项：
1、第一传输块和第二传输块对应不同的参考信号组，不同的参考信号组中包括的参考信号不同，一个参考信号组包括至少一个参考信号。
示例性的，例如，第一传输块对应第一参考信号组，第二传输块对应第二参考信号组，其中，第一参考信号组包括的至少一个参考信号和第二参考信号组包括的至少一个参考信号不同。第一参考信号组和第二参考信号组可以预先定义的，也可以是高层信令，也可以是动态信令通知的。应理解的是，网络设备将在第一参考信号组和第二参考信号组上接收到的传输块确定为可用于联合解码的传输。
可选的，第一传输块和第二传输块对应不同的参考信号组，第一传输块和第二传输块在相同的时域和频域资源上发送的。
可选的，不同的参考信号组中包括的参考信号不同，包括以下至少一种：参考信号的时域资源位置不同；参考信号的频域资源位置不同(特别的，频域资源位置不同，一个对应奇数子载波组的参考信号，一个对应偶数子载波组的参考信号)；参考信号的序列组不同，序列组中序列的排序不同；或，序列不同。还可以包括A5中的参考信号的信息，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
2、第一传输块和第二传输块位于不同的频域资源上，例如，第一传输块位于第一频域资源，第二传输块位于第二频域资源，第一频域资源的索引和第二频域资源的索引不同。
具体的，第一传输块所在的频域资源承载在第一载波，第二传输块所在的频域资源承载在第二载波，第一载波和第二载波的索引号不同。
具体的，第一传输块所在的频域资源承载在第一BWP，第二传输块所在的频域资源承载在第二BWP，第一BWP和第二BWP的索引号不同。
具体的，第一传输块所在的频域资源承载在第一小区，第二传输块所在的频域资源承载在第二小区，第一小区和第二小区的索引号不同。
可选的，第一传输块和第二传输块位于不同的频域资源，第一传输块所在的时域资源和第二传输块所在的时域资源部分或全部重叠。例如第一传输块占用符号0～符号6，第二传输块占用符号5～符号7。
具体的，第一传输块与第二传输块占用的时域资源的长度可以相同，也可以不同。第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以预先定义的，也可以是高层信令，也可以是动态信令通知的。应理解的是，网络设备确定在第一频域资源与第二频域资源上接收到的传输块为可用于联合解码的传输。
可选的，以频域资源为BWP为例，第一BWP与第二BWP在频域上部分重叠或不重叠。
3、第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰，也即第一传输块由第一网络标识加扰，第二传输块由第二网络标识加扰，第一网络标识与第二网络标识不同。第一网络标识与第二网络标识可以预先定义的，也可以是高层信令，也可以是动态信令通知的。应理解的是，网络设备确定以第一网络标识加扰的第一传输块和与第二网络标识加扰的第二传输块可用于联合解码。
4、第一传输块映射在解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal，DMRS)的第一端口号组中的至少一个端口上，第二传输块映射在DMRS的第二端口号组中的至少一个端口，第一端口号组与第二端口号组中的端口号相异。具体的，该第一端口号组包括两个或两个以上的端口号，第二端口号组包括两个或两个以上的端口号。例如，第一端口号组包括的端口号为0，1，2，3，第一传输块映射在端口号为0，1，2，3中的至少一个上，第二端口号组包括的端口号为4，5，6，7，第二传输块映射在端口4，5，6，7中的至少一个。第一端口号组与第二端口号组可以预先定义的，也可以是高层信令，也可以是动态信令通知的。应理解的是，网络设备确定在第一端口号组和第二端口号组上接收到的传输块为可以用于合并的至少两个传输中的传输。通过方式网络设备可以动态确定用于合并的传输块或用于联合解码的传输块。
5、第一传输块和第二传输块时域上位于第一时间段。6、第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的预编码矩阵参数。7、第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的小区索引。8、第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同的联合标识。
需要说的是，上述第一指示信息所指示的至少一个参数的参数值之间可以组合使用，因此，第一传输块和第二传输块还满足将两个或两个以上的参数组合所呈现的结果：示例性的，第一传输块和第二传输块时域上位于第一时间段，第一传输块和第二传输块由不同的网络标识加扰。第一传输块和第二传输块位于第一时间段，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的预编码矩阵参数。第一传输块和第二传输块时域上位于第一时间段，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的小区索引。第一传输块和第二传输块时域上位于第一时间段，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同的联合标识。第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的预编码矩阵参数，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的小区索引。第一传输块和第二传输块时域上位于第一时间段，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同的联合标识，第一传输块和第二传输块对应相同或不同的预编码矩阵参数等。
可以理解为，终端设备确定传输块满足第一指示信息所指示的至少一个参数的参数值时，此传输块为可用于复制传输的传输块。该第一指示信息可以为高层信令(半静态信令)或动态信令，或预先定义的。
具体的，另一方面，本申请中的S101可以通过如下方式确定：
S1013、终端设备确定第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示对应于至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：传输块的大小、HARQ进程号、新数据指示(new data indicator，NDI)、HARQ-ACK资源、冗余版本RV、时域和/或频域资源、第一定时器启动时间、以及联合标识，该联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
可选的，本申请中的第二指示信息可以为网络设备发送给终端设备的，也可以为 其他设备向网络设备发送的，本申请对此不做限定。也即在S103之前还包括S108、网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可以为高层信令(半静态信令)或动态信令，或预先定义的。
S1014、终端设备根据第二指示信息，确定至少两个传输块。
具体的，至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，第二指示信息指示至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
其中，第三参数可以为第二指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个，第四参数可以为第二指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为HARQ进程号，第一传输块和第二传输块具有不相同的HARQ进程号。终端设备可以复制传输不相同的两个HARQ进程号上的传输块。可以理解的是这至少两个HARQ进程号之间的关联关系可以是预先定义、或通过高层信令，或通过动态信令通知的。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为冗余版本，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块具有不相同的冗余版本，例如，RV＝0和RV＝3。终端设备可以将复制传输不相同的两个冗余版本的传输块。可以理解的是这至少两个冗余版本之间的关联关系可以是预先定义、或通过高层信令，或通过动态信令通知的。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为第一时域和/或频域资源、第二时域和/或频域资源，例如，第一传输块对应第一时域和/或频域资源，第二传输块对应第二时域和/或频域资源。第一时域和/或频域资源和第二时域和/或频域资源不同，例如，终端设备可以复制传输不相同的频域资源上的传输块。可以理解的是这至少两个频域资源之间的关联关系可以是预先定义、或通过高层信令，或通过动态信令通知的。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为传输块的大小，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同或不相同的传输块的大小。终端设备可以复制传输不相同的传输块大小的传输块。可以理解的是这至少两个传输块大小之间的关联关系可以是预先定义、或通过高层信令，或通过动态信令通知的。进一步的，此至少两个传输块大小都属于同一个传输块集合，或者，此至少两个传输块大小的差值属于差值范围，例如100bits和99bits的差值是1bit，假设差值范围定义为8bits，那么这两个传输块大小对应的传输块是属于可以联合解码的至少两个传输块。传输块集合和差值范围为这至少两个传输块大小之间的关联关系。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为NDI，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块均具有翻转的NDI，例如，即可能第一传输块和第二传输块对应的NDI为1。
其中，第三参数可以为第二指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个，第四参数可以为第二指示信息所指示的参数中的一个或多个。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为HARQ进程号，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的HARQ进程号，所以第一传输块和第二传输块可以用于复制传输。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为冗余版本，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的冗余版本，例如，RV＝3，所以第一传输块和第二传输块可以用于 复制传输。
示例性的，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为NDI，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的NDI，例如，NDI＝0或1，所以第一传输块和第二传输块可以用于复制传输。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为第一时域和/或频域资源、第二时域和/或频域资源，例如，第一传输块对应第一时域和/或频域资源，第二传输块对应第二时域和/或频域资源。第一频域资源和第二频域资源相同，和/或，第一时域资源和第二时域资源相同或部分重叠，所以第一传输块和第二传输块可以用于复制传输。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的传输块大小的传输块，所以可以用于复制传输，例如，TBS＝256bits，或TBS+循环冗余校验(Cyclic redundancy check，CRC)＝256+24bits。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为第一定时器启动时间、HARQ进程号，例如，第一传输块和第二传输块均为在第一定时器启动时间内和在相同HARQ进程号的传输块，所以可以用于复制传输。
再一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为第一时域和/或频域资源、第二时域和/或频域资源，对应的第四参数为HARQ进程号，例如，第一传输块对应第一时域和/或频域资源，第二传输块对应第二时域和/或频域资源，且第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的HARQ进程号。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第四参数为传输块的大小、第三参数为第一HARQ-ACK资源和第二HARQ-ACK资源，则第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的传输块的大小，且第一传输块对应第一HARQ-ACK资源，第二传输块对应第二HARQ-ACK资源。
又一示例，至少两个传输块对应的第三参数为NDI，对应第三或第四参数为传输块的大小，则第一传输块和第二传输块具有相同的传输块的大小，且第一传输块对应第一NDI，第二传输块对应第二NDI。第一NDI和第二NDI可以相同可以不相同，但关联关系取决于第一NDI相比之前的传输是否翻转，当第一NDI和第二NDI表示的均为本次已翻转(即初传，但具体第一NDI和第二NDI的取值可以不同也可以相同)，则第一传输块和第二传输块可以用于复制传输。当第一NDI和第二NDI表示的均为本次未翻转(即重传，但具体第一NDI和第二NDI的取值可以不同也可以相同)，则第一传输块与第二传输块也可以联合解码。当第一NDI表示的均为本次已翻转和第二NDI表示的为本次未翻转(即初传和重传，但具体第一NDI和第二NDI的取值可以不同也可以相同)，则第一传输块和第二传输块不可以用于复制传输。
具体的，在第二指示信息的指示下，至少两个传输块满足以下至少一项：至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块大小。至少两个传输块为第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内的传输块。至少两个传输块为在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ进程号上的传输块。至少两个传输块为在第二指示信息所指示的时域和/或频域资源上的传输块。至少两个传输块为在第二指示信息所指示的NDI上的传输块。至少两个传输块为在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上的传输块。至少两个 传输块为对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的冗余版本的传输块。
可以理解的是，本申请中在第二指示信息的指示下，至少两个传输块满足将第二指示信息所指示的参数组合使用的情况，例如，至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块大小，且至少两个传输块还满足以下项中的至少一项：至少两个传输块为终端设备在第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块大小，且至少两个传输块为终端设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ进程号上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块的大小等于第二指示信息所指示的传输块大小，且至少两个传输块为终端设备在第二指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源上接收到的传输块；至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本RV为第二指示信息所指示的冗余版本；至少两个传输块为终端设备在第二指示信息所指示的NDI上接收到的传输块。需要说明的是，上述仅是列举了至少两个传输块所呈现的状态，具体的，在实际过程中至少两个传输块所呈现出的状态还可以将第二指示信息所指示的至少一个参数进行组合，本申请在此不再列举。
可以理解为，终端设备确定传输块满足第二指示信息所指示的至少一个参数的参数值时，此传输块为可用于复制传输的传输块。
具体的，本申请中的S1014可以通过多种方式实现：
B1、终端设备根据第一指示信息所指示的传输块的大小，确定至少两个传输块。
这样网络设备在接收到传输块时，可以根据上行控制信息(uplink control information，UCI)中的信息，例如调制编码方式(Modulation Coding Scheme，MCS)等，确定每个传输块的大小。
示例性1，终端设备确定至少两个传输块的大小属于第一传输块集合。第一传输块集合包括至少一个传输块的大小。可选的，终端设备将多个传输块中传输块的大小小于或等于第一传输块大小门限值和/或大于等于第二传输块大小门限值的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，这样网络设备便可以将小于等于第一传输块大小和/或大于等于第二传输块大小的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。可选的，终端设备将传输块大小都属于同一个传输块集合的传输块，和/或者，传输块大小的差值属于差值范围的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
示例性2，终端设备将多个传输块中与第二指示信息所指示的传输块的大小相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，也即终端设备将至少两个传输块以相同大小传输给网络设备。网络设备便可以将复制传输的至少两个传输块于联合解码。
B2、第二指示信息对应至少两个传输块的第一定时器启动时间，则终端设备将多个传输块中的传输块的时间属于第二指示信息所指示的第一定时器启动时间内的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。网络设备便可以将复制传输的至少两个传输块于联合解码。
具体的，该第一定时器的启动时间可以由终端设备接收到第一配置信息/第一指示信息/第二指示信息/第一信息的时间+K个符号或时隙K大于或等于0确定，第一定时器的持续时间可以是预定义的时间长度，也可以接收到第一配置信息/第一指示信息/第二指示信息/第一信息之前的其他信息中指示的，本申请对此不进行限定。
B3、第二指示信息指示对应于至少两个传输块的不同频域资源的相同进程号，则终端设备将在不同频域资源上且具有相同进程号的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，这 是由于当终端设备调度相同进程号时，则认为指示了当前这些传输块承载相同的信息或者具有相同信息源的信息。
例如，终端设备将与第一频域资源(载波)的第一进程号对应的传输块1确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，将在第二频域资源(载波)的第一进程号对应的传输块2确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。
示例性2，终端设备将在不同频域资源上的有对应关系的进程号的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块，这是由于当终端设备调度存在对应关系的进程号时，则认为指示了当前这些传输块TB用于复制传输。
例如，终端设备在第一频域资源(载波)的第一进程号上的传输块1，以及在第二频域资源(载波)的第二进程号上的传输块2确定为至少两个传输块。第一进程号与第二进程号之间具有关联关系，这样网络设备可以确定第一频域资源的第一进程号上接收到的传输块1和在第二频域资源(载波)的第二进程号上传输的传输块2可用于联合解码，其中，第一进程号与第二进程号之间具有关联关系可以通过预先定义或高层信令通知或动态信令通知的。
B4、第二指示信息用于指示NDI，则终端设备将多个传输块对应的NDI与第二指示信息所指示的NDI相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
具体的B4可以通过以下方式实现：
示例性1，终端设备将至少两个传输块以相同的NDI发送给网络设备，这样网络设备确定接收到传输块对应相同的NDI，则网络设备确定接收到的传输块可用于联合解码。
示例性2，终端设备将至少两个传输块以NDI翻转后的NDI(指示的是初传)发送给网络设备，这样网络设备确定接收到的传输块对应的NDI为翻转后的NDI，则确定接收到的传输块用于联合解码。其中，NDI新数据指示翻转可以理解为，例如上次是NDI指示的是0但本次指示的是1，或者没有上次的NDI，则认为是初传。
因此，当终端设备以第二指示信息所指示的NDI判断，并复制传输至少两个传输块时，网络设备便可以将复制传输的至少两个传输块于联合解码。
B5、第二指示信息用于指示对应与至少两个传输块的DCI中指示的HARQ-ACK资源，则终端设备将多个传输块对应的HARQ-ACK资源与第一指示信息所指示的HARQ-ACK资源相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块，这样网络设备便可以根据接收到的每个传输块对应的HARQ-ACK资源确定至少两个传输块。
示例性的，终端设备确定多个传输块中每个传输块对应的DCI中指示的HARQ-ACK资源，将至少两个传输块以相同的HARQ-ACK资源发送给网络设备。其中HARQ-ACK资源相同可以是频域资源相同，码域相同、时域资源相同、映射方式相同中的至少一种，本申请对此不进行限定。
B6、第二指示信息指示至少两个传输块对应的冗余版本(Redundancy Version，RV)版本，则终端设备将多个传输块的冗余版本为第二指示信息所指示的冗余版本的传输块确定为至少两个传输块中的传输块。网络设备便可以将复制传输的至少两个传输块于联合解码。
可以理解的是，在终端设备将至少两个传输块发送给网络设备之前，该至少两个 传输块的冗余版本与第二指示信息所指示的冗余版本相同，这样网络设备便可以根据多个传输块中每个传输块对应的DCI中指示的RV版本，将RV版本相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
示例性的，终端设备确定多个传输块中每个传输块对应的DCI中指示的RV版本，将传输块的RV版本与第二指示信息所指示的RV版本相同的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。例如第二指示信息所指示的RV版本为{0，3}，则终端设备将多个传输块中传输块的RV版本为0，3的传输块确定为至少两个传输块。
需要说明的是，本申请中的至少两个传输块的冗余版本至少包括RV＝0或RV＝3。这是由于RV＝0或RV＝3可以自解码，可以不依赖其他冗余版本的接收。
可选的，至少两个传输块的数量大于或等于4时，这些传输的传输块对应的RV必然包括{0，2，3，1}。即包含所有冗余版本的传输块。至少两个传输块的数量小于4的时候，至少两个传输块的冗余版本至少包含RV＝0或RV＝3，例如，至少两个传输块为传输块1、传输块2和传输块3，则传输块1、传输块2和传输块3可以对应的冗余版本组合为以下任意一个{0，2，3}、{0，3，1}。
需要说明的是，本申请中在第一时间段内终端设备才会接收到第一指示信息，以确定将对至少两个传输块中的第一信息解码。即终端设备在第二指示信息接收之后，才检测第一指示信息，并确定第一指示信息所指示的内容。
由于网络设备在接收到至少两个传输块中的第一信息之后，有可能正确解码也可能未正确解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息，因此，网络设备可以向做出反馈以表明自己是否正确解码第一信息或者未正确解码第一信息，并由终端设备判断是重传第一信息还是传输第一信息之外的信息。如图5所示，本申请提供的方法还包括：
S109、网络设备向终端设备发送第一反馈信息，该第一反馈信息用于表明网络设备正确解码或错误解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息。
一方面，本申请中的第一反馈信息可以为终端设备针对至少两个传输块向网络设备反馈的，该第一反馈信息可以为大小等于1bit的否认应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)/确定应答(acknowledgment，ACK)或者Nbit的NACK/ACK，其中N为大于或等于2的整数，在这种情况下，该第一反馈信息也可以是一个比特序列。该比特序列中每个比特用于指示与该比特关联的传输块中传输的信息是否被正确解码，例如，该比特序列为011，其中0与传输块1关联，比特序列011中的第二个1和第三个1分别与传输块2和传输块3关联，在0表示未正确解码，1表示正确解码的情况下，该比特序列011可以表示传输块1中的信息未被正确解码，传输块2和传输块3中的信息被正确解码。
具体的，该第一反馈信息为第一应答信息或第二应答信息，其中，第一应答信息用于表明终端设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息。第二应答信息用于表明终端设备错误解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息。
为了降低信令开销，可选的，第一应答信息为第一序列，第二应答信息为第二序列。此序列可以是参考信号序列或Zadoff–Chu序列。
示例性的，第一应答信息表示NACK，即表明网络设备错误解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息，第二应答信息表示ACK，即表明网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中 的第一信息。可选的，第一应答信息为0，第二应答信息为1。
具体的、网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息包括以下中的一项：
1、网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，且得到第一信息。
其中、当网络设备在接收多个传输块的情况下，网络设备确定正确解码至少一个传输块中的信息便向终端设备反馈ACK，相反网络设备确定错误解码多个传输块中的信息便向终端设备反馈NACK。
2、网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息的次数大于或等于错误解码至少两个传输块中的第一信息的次数。该条件通常适用于对可靠性要求高，如果只有一个ACK，不代表一定是解码正确了，只有正确的数量大于或等于错误的数量，才认为解码正码就算对了。因此，在接收多个传输块的情况下，“有接收正确的传输块数大于或等于接收错误的传输块数”就会反馈ACK。“有接收正确的传输块数小于接收错误的传输块数”就会反馈NACK。
3、网络设备正确联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块至少一次。
具体的，网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息包括以下中的一项：
网络设备未正确解码至少两个传输块中的任一个传输块；网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数小于错误解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数；网络设备未正确联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块。
另一方面，本申请中的第一反馈信息为网络设备针对至少两个传输块中的每个传输块向终端设备反馈的，网络设备针对每个传输块向终端设备至少反馈1bit HARQ。可选的，当第一反馈信息为网络设备针对每个传输块向终端设备反馈时，针对每个传输块反馈的第一反馈信息中可以携带传输块的标识。
S110、终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一反馈信息。
S111、终端设备根据第一反馈信息确定网络设备正确解码或错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
具体的，一方面，当第一反馈信息为网络设备针对至少两个传输块向终端设备反馈时，终端设备可以直接根据第一反馈信息确定网络设备正确解码或错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。具体的，S111具体可以通过以下方式实现：
第一反馈信息指示网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息时，终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。第一反馈信息指示网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息时，终端设备确定终端设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。第一反馈信息指示网络设备联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块，未得到第一信息，终端设备确定网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。第一反馈信息指示网络设备联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块得到第一信息，则终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
另一方面，当第一反馈信息为网络设备针对至少两个传输块中的每个传输块向终端设备反馈的时，S111具体可以通过以下方式实现：
S1111、终端设备确定网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块至少一次，则终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
具体的，终端设备确定第一反馈信息包括至少一个第一子反馈信息，该至少一个第一子反馈信息用于表明网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块，则终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
S1112、终端设备确定网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数大于或等于错误解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数，终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
具体的，终端设备确定第一反馈信息包括的表明网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的第一子反馈信息的数量大于或等于第一反馈信息包括的表明网络设备错误解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的第一子反馈信息的数量，终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
S1113、终端设备确定网络设备联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块，得到第一信息，终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
S1114、终端设备确定网络设备正确解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数小于错误解码至少两个传输块中的传输块的次数，终端设备确定网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
S1115、终端设备确定网络设备未正确解码至少两个传输块中的任一个传输块，终端设备确定网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
S1116、终端设备确定网络设备未正确联合解码至少两个传输块中的多个传输块，终端设备确定网络设备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息。
需要说明的是，本申请中通过网络设备向终端设备反馈第一反馈信息，这样终端设备在接收到第一反馈信息之后便可以根据第一反馈信息确定网络设备是否正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，在终端设备确定网络设备正确解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息时，终端设备便可以通过其他两个或两个以上的传输块向网络设备传输与至少两个传输块中的第一信息不同的信息。例如，至少两个传输块中的第一信息为A，则在网络设备反馈正确解码的反馈信息后，终端设备可以向网络设备发送信息B。在终端设备确定络设备备错误解码通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息时，终端设备便可以继续向网络设备传输与通过至少两个传输块传输的第一信息相同的信息，例如，终端设备通过至少两个传输块中的第一信息为A，则在网络设备反馈错误解码的反馈信息后，终端设备可以向网络设备继续发送A。
终端设备在向网络设备发送第一信息的时候，多个传输块中每个传输块中的信息的性能存在差异，例如，初传信息的性能可能高于重传信息的性能，或者重传信息的性能高于初传信息的功能，以初传信息的性能高于重传信息的功能为例，在网络设备在确定初传信息后，可以便于后续包依次合并，如果从性能好的往性能差的开始合并解码，可以减少合并解码的次数，从而省电。而至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载的信息可以对应如下场景：
场景1、至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，至少两个传输块中除该一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传。场景2、至少两个传输块中每个传输块均用于重传。 场景3、至少两个传输块中每个传输块均用于初传，由于不同场景下，终端设备对至少两个传输块中的第一信息进行解码的方式存在差异，因此，以下将分别介绍：
其中，传输块用于初传可以理解为该传输块中传输的信息为初传信息，传输块用于重传可以理解为该传输块中传输的信息为重传信息。
一方面，在场景1下，本申请中的S104还可以通过以下方式实现：
S1041、网络设备单独解码用于初传的传输块，以及解码至少一个用于重传的传输块，以得到第一信息。和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的用于初传的传输块和至少一个用于重传的传输块联合解码得到第一信息。
可以理解的是，本申请中的用于初传的传输块传输的信息的性能高于用于重传的传输块中传输的信息的性能，多个承载相同信息的用于重传的传输块或承载具有相同信息源的用于重传的传输块之间优先级高的用于重传的传输块中的信息的性能高于优先级低的用于重传的传输块中的信息的性能，多个承载相同信息的用于初传的传输块传输或承载具有相同信息源的用于初传的传输块传输之间优先级高的用于初传的传输块传输中的信息的性能高于优先级低的用于初传的传输块传输中的信息的性能。
具体的，终端设备可以根据如下参数确定至少两个传输块中的一个传输块为用于初传的传输块：
根据载波索引号、BWP索引号、RNTI索引号、层索引号、参考信号序列组索引、时域资源的起始时间、时域资源的长度、频域资源PRB索引号、频域资源PRB数、误块率、块差错率BLER的大小、RV版本。
具体的，本申请中的至少两个传输块中每个传输块对应一个载波索引号、BWP索引号、RNTI索引号、层索引号、参考信号序列组索引，且至少两个传输块中每个传输块对应的载波索引号、BWP索引号、RNTI索引号、层索引号、参考信号序列组索引可以按照预设顺序(索引号由大到小或者索引号由小到大)排序，这样终端设备可以按照预设顺序将索引号最大的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，或者将索引号最小的传输块确定为用于重传的传输块，在终端设备确定用于初传的传输块之后，终端设备可以根据预设顺序依次确定解码每个第一信息的顺序，和/或合并用于初传的传输块的第一信息和至少一个用于重传的传输块的第一信息的顺序。例如，按照由小到大的顺序或者按照由大到小的顺序排序，本申请对此不作限定。
示例性的，传输块1对应的载波索引号为1，传输块2对应的载波索引号为2，传输块3对应的载波索引号为3，当预设顺序为由小到大时，终端设备可以将传输块1确定为承载初传信息的用于初传的传输块，将传输块2和传输块3确定为承载重传信息的用于重传的传输块，且可以确定先对传输块2中的信息进行解码，再对传输块3中的信息进行解码，并在解码后，按照传输块1中的信息、传输块2中的信息以及传输块3中的信息对传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3中的信息进行合并。
具体的，本申请中每个传输块所在时域资源对应一个起始时间，且每个传输块所在时域资源的起始时间按照预设时间顺序排序，这样终端设备可以将时域资源的起始时间最早的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，或者将时域资源的起始时间最晚的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，本申请对此不进行限定。终端设备根据每个传输块所在时域资源对应的起始时间确定用于重传的传输块的方式可以参见上述以载波索引号为 例的方式，本申请在此不再赘述。
具体的，本申请中的每个传输块所在的时域资源的长度按照预设顺序排序，例如，按照由长到短的顺序或者由短到长的顺序排序，例如，将传输块所在的时域资源的长度在至少两个传输块中最短的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，或者将传输块所在的时域资源的长度在至少两个传输块中最长的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，终端设备根据每个传输块所在的时域资源的长短确定用于重传的传输块的方式可以参见上述以载波索引号为例的方式，本申请在此不再赘述。
具体的，本申请中的每个传输块所在频域资源PRB索引号按照预设顺序排序，终端设备可以将传输块所在频域资源PRB索引号在至少两个传输块中最小或最大的确定为用于初传的传输块；每个传输块所在频域资源PRB数按照预设顺序排序，终端设备可以将传输块所在频域资源PRB数在至少两个传输块中最小或最大的确定为用于初传的传输块。
具体的，本申请中的每个传输块对应一个RV版本，终端设备可以将冗余版本为0或3的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块。
具体的，本申请中的每个传输块对应一个BLER小(大)，例如BLER 10 -5对应用于初传的传输块，误块率越低成功率越高。例如BLER 10 -3对应用于初传的传输块，误块率高所用的资源少可以减少资源消耗。
本申请中的每个传输块对应一个调制编码方式(modulation coding scheme，MCS)索引(index)，且每个传输块对应的调制编码方式索引按照预设顺序排序，终端设备可以将调制编码方式索引在至少两个传输块中最大的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块，这是由于MCS对应误块率，MCS越大证明信道质量好，这样误块率越低，所以成功率越高。
本申请中的每个传输块对应一个编码率(简称：码率Code rate)，终端设备可以将Code rate在至少两个传输块中最小的传输块确定为承载初传信息的传输块，码率对应误块率，码率越低误块率越低，这样成功率越高。
需要说明的是，网络设备侧具有终端设备确定用于初传的传输块的规则，以及用于重传的传输块的规则。
另一方面，在场景2下，S104还可以通过如下方式实现：
S1042、网络设备解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于重传的传输块，以得到第一信息。和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的多个用于重传的传输块联合解码得到第一信息。
可以理解是，多个传输块承载第一信息仅用于重传，而初传中仍和现有技术一样只使用一个传输块来传输第一信息。
可选的，本申请中网络设备可以将在至少两个传输块之前传输的承载与该至少两个传输块中的第一信息相同的传输块确定为用于初传的传输块。这是由于用于初传的传输块可能是10e -1的BLER为了节约资源，重传应为10e -4或者10e -5为保证整体可靠性，那么重传的可靠性就需要进步的提高。
又一方面，在场景3下，本申请中的S104还可以通过如下方式实现：
S1043、网络设备单独解码至少两个传输块中的至少一个用于初传的传输块，以得 到第一信息。和/或，网络设备对至少两个传输块中的多个用于初传的传输块联合解码得到第一信息。
可选的，本申请中的至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
可选的，作为本申请的另一个实施例，本申请的方法还适用于如下应用场景，即终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息时，还存在第二信息，这时，终端设备可以通过第一传输块组包括的多个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，以及通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块向网络设备发送第二信息。具体的，至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，本申请提供的方法还包括：
S112、终端设备确定第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过第二传输块组传输的第二信息与第一信息不同。
可选的，该第三指示信息可以为网络设备发送给终端设备的，也可以为与终端设备进行信息传输的其他终端设备发送给终端设备的。当该第三指示信息为网络设备发送给终端设备的，则本申请在S112之前还包括：S113、网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息，相应的，S112可以通过以下方式实现：终端设备从网络设备接收第三指示信息。
可以理解的是，S113可以为网络设备在终端设备的触发下发送的，例如，终端设备确定需要传输与第一信息不同的信息时，可以向网络设备发送第二请求消息，该第二请求消息用于指示网络设备向终端设备指示第二传输块组，或者网络设备可以预先为终端设备配置多个传输块组，且不同的传输块组用于传输不同的信息，在这种情况下，第三指示信息可以和第一指示信息或者第二指示信息同时发送给终端设备。此外，本申请中当终端设备接收到第一指示信息和第二指示信息或者第三指示信息之后，可以不立刻在所各个指示信息所指示的传输块组上传输信息，而是等到需要调度某个信息的时候才选择一个传输块组来传输信息，本申请对此不进行限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中的第一传输块组和第二传输块组所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠，示例性的，第一传输块组包括的至少两个传输块和第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
可选的，只要第一传输块组一个传输块所在的时域资源与第二传输块组中的一个传输块存在部分重叠或全部重叠，那么则认为第一传输块组与第二传输块组所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
可选的，传输块组中有一个传输块为参考传输块，此传输块可以是占用的时域资源最多的，或时域资源起始位置最早的，或时域资源终止位置最晚的。若第一传输块中的参考传输块与第二传输块组中的参考传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠，那么则认为第一传输块组与第二传输块组所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
示例性的，信息A可以通过第一传输块组包括的传输块1、传输块2以及传输块3来传输，以传输块1传输的信息为a1、传输块2传输的信息为a2以及传输块3传输的信息为a3、信息B可以通过第二传输块组包括的传输块4、传输块5以及传输块6来传输，以传输块4传输的信息为b1、传输块5传输的信息为b2以及传输块6传输的信息为b3为例，信息A和信息B不同，则终端设备将信息A通过传输块1传输的 信息为a1、传输块2传输的信息为a2以及传输块3传输的信息为a3至少一个。终端设备将信息B通过传输块4传输的信息为b1、传输块5传输的信息为b2以及传输块6传输的信息为b3中的至少一个。
当第二传输块组中包括的传输块的数量为一个传输块时，终端设备发送第一传输块组和第二传输块组时，终端设备可以将第二传输块组中的一个传输块承载第二信息，以获得通过第二传输块组传输的第二信息。当第二传输块组中包括的传输块的数量为两个或两个以上的传输块时，终端设备发送第一传输块组和第二传输块组时，可以将通过第一传输块组发送第一信息，以及通过第二传输块组发送第二信息。
本申请实施例中，第一传输块组和第二传输块组在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠可以理解为：当第一传输块组中的任一一个传输块与第二传输块组中的任一一个传输块在时域资源上全部重叠或部分重叠，那么则认为第一传输块组和第二传输块组在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。或者，当第一传输块组中的特定的传输块与第二传输块组中的特定的传输块在时域资源上全部重叠或部分重叠，那么则认为第一传输块组和第二传输块组在时域上部分重叠或全部重叠。这里特定的传输块可以是用于初传的传输块(定义的方式与S1041相同，这里不再赘述)，也可以是时间最早的传输块，也可以是其他传输块，本发明实施例不做限定。
此外，需要说的是，本申请中每个传输块对应一个组标识，这样网络设备在接收到多个属于不同传输块组的传输块时，可以根据组标识将属于同一个传输块组中的传输块承载的信息进行解码。
在实际传输过程中，传输块通常可以在上行信道上传输，而至少两个传输块可以在一个上行信道上传输，也可以在不同的上行信道上传输。这里的上行信道可以包括上行控制信道，例如物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)，还可以包括上行数据信道，例如物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)。其中PUCCH用于承载控制信息，PUSCH用于承载业务数据，当然，也可以将控制信息承载于PUSCH上，本申请对信道承载的内容不作任何限制。
目前，终端发送上行信道的功率控制过程一般包括：终端准备上行信道需承载的数据或上行控制信息，然后根据路径损耗(路损值)计算终端当前TTI的所有上行信道的需求发送功率，如果所有上行信道的需求发送功率之和超过了终端允许的最大发送功率，那么终端按照信道类型的优先级或者携带上行控制信息的优先级，对全部或部分上行信道的功率进行压缩。
可能的方式1：为优先为高优先级的信道分配功率，再为低优先级的信道分配功率，如果信道的优先级相同就做等比例减少发送功率，以保证所有上行信道的发送功率之和不超过终端允许的最大发送功率。之后，使用按照优先级分配的发送功率发送全部或部分上行信道。可以理解的是，当所有上行信道的需求发送功率之和超过终端允许的最大发送功率，那么优先级低的上行信道可能没有被分配到功率，或者分配的功率为零，最终不会被发送。
可能的方式2：优先丢弃或减少分配优先级低的信道的功率，再为丢弃或减少分配高优先级的信道的功率，如果信道的优先级相同就做等比例减少分配发送功率，以保证所有上行信道的发送功率之和不超过终端允许的最大发送功率。之后，使用按照 优先级分配的发送功率发送全部或部分上行信道。可以理解的是，当所有上行信道的需求发送功率之和超过终端允许的最大发送功率，那么优先级低的上行信道可能没有被分配到功率，或直接被丢弃，或者分配的功率为零，最终不会被发送。
终端设备的发送功率有最大允许发送功率的上限，所以当终端设备发送多个传输块的发送功率超过了功率最大值的时候，需要对多个传输块的发送功率进行调整，对传输块的发送功率进行调整的方式有多种，例如，可以根据上行信道的优先级为传输块分配上行功率。
具体的，上行功率可以是终端设备所有的发送功率，或终端设备允许的最大发送功率，或终端设备部分的发送功率。可以理解是，当终端设备还有其他更重要的信道或者被网络设备配置无法使用全部发送功率的时候，那么终端设备只能分配其部分的发送功率。
至少两个传输块对应至少一个第一上行信道，本申请提供的方法还包括：
S114、终端设备确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，其中，第一上行信道的优先级用于分配上行功率。
可选的，S114具体可以通过以下方式实现：
S1141、终端设备确定对应于至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，该至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：调制编码方式(modulation coding scheme，MCS)、物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级、初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH、路损值比例因子和/或路损值、所在的小区或载波或BWP。
S1142、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
具体的，S1142可以通过以下至少一项方式实现：终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)控制信道元素(control channel element，CCE)等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
可选的，第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道为承载该第一上行信道的调度信息的物理下行控制信道，例如，调度信息为DCI。
可选的，至少两个传输块对应的至少一个参数中的第五参数对应一个参数值，至少两个传输块中不同传输块对应的第五参数的参数值相同，和/或，至少两个传输块对应的至少一个参数中的第六参数对应一个参数值，至少两个传输块中不同传输块对应的第六参数的参数值不同。
具体的，上述中一个第一上行信道可以对应两个或两个以上的参数，当两个或两个以上的第一上行信道的第五参数相同时，可以结合该两个或两个以上的第一上行信道对应的不同的第六参数来确定该两个或两个以上的第一上行信道的优先级。
示例性的，以第一上行信道A和第二上行信道B为例，第一上行信道A和第二上 行信道B的调制编码方式相同，则根据第一上行信道A对应的初始配置发送功率1和第二上行信道B对应的初始配置发送功率2，来确定第一上行信道A和第二上行信道B的优先级。具体的，初始配置发送功率高的第一上行信道的优先级高于初始配置发送功率低的第一上行信道的优先级。
C1、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的调制编码方式，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下至少一项：第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的调制阶数高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的调制阶数。第一上行信道A的调制编码方式中的编码码率低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式中的编码码率。第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER低于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应的误块率BLER。第一上行信道A的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级高于第一上行信道B的调制编码方式对应第一调制编码方式表格的优先级。
C2、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级高于第一上行信道B的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级。可以理解的是，聚合等级低的对应的上行信道的优先级低于或等于聚合等级高对应的上行信道的优先级。因为聚合等级高证明可靠性高，所以应该优先发送聚合等级高对应的信道。
可选的，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级低于第一上行信道B的物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级。因为聚合等级高证明信道质量不好，聚合等级低对应的信道质量好，所以应该优先发送聚合等级低的上行信道。
可选的，信道质量还可以通过该终端设备最近上报的CQI index确定，上报的CQI index小的小区对应的上行控制信道的优先级高于或等于CQI index大的小区对应的上行控制信道的优先级高。这是因为CQI index越小信道质量越差，所以应该优先发送CQI index大的上行信道。
C3、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的P O_PUSCH小于第一上行信道B的P O_PUSCH。
具体的，PUSCH的初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH等于小区级的PUSCH初始配置发送功率加上用户级的PUSCH初始配置发送功率。
可以理解的是，当上行信道为PUCCH信道是，初始配置发送功率则为P O_PUCCH等 于小区级的PUCCH初始配置发送功率加上用户级的PUCCH初始配置发送功率。
C4、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的路损值比例因子和/或路损值，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A的路损值比例因子小于第一上行信道B的路损值比例因子，和/或，第一上行信道A的路损值小于第一上行信道B的路损值。
具体的，路损值比例因子的取值为0～1之间的数值，可以是预先定义或高层信令配置或动态信令通知的。
具体的，路损值是终端设备根据网络设备发送的信号进行测量得到的，具体的测量信道可以是同步信号等下行信号。
C5、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B包括以下一项：第一上行信道A所在的小区为主小区Pcell，第一上行信道B所在的小区为辅小区Scell；第一上行信道A所在的载波的载波索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的载波的载波索引号；第一上行信道A所在的BWP的BWP索引号小于第一上行信道B所在的BWP的BWP索引号，或，第一上行信道A所在的BWP为激活BWP，第一上行信道B所在的BWP为初始BWP。其中，初始BWP是所有终端设备进行初始接入小区或回退时使用的带宽，所以可以认为当终端设备使用初始BWP时，很可能性能没办法保证，终端设备接入后，网络设备会为终端设备配置激活BWP用于传输数据，是用户级的配置，当终端设备在激活BWP时，可认为用户的性能和可靠性能被保护到。
可选的，终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道所在的小区或载波或BWP，确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：至少一个第一上行信道包括第一上行信道A和第一上行信道B，第一上行信道A的优先级高于第一上行信道B的优先级，第一上行信道B所在的BWP为激活BWP，第一上行信道A所在的BWP为初始BWP。其中，初始BWP是所有终端设备进行初始接入小区或回退时使用的带宽，所以认为此上行不会受到的干扰或同时存在的用户数较少因此性能可以被保证，终端设备接入后激活BWP用于传输数据是用户级的配置，可认为用户的性能和可靠性可能会收到其他激活用户的影响，所以性能不可能被保证。
可选的，在终端设备确定至少一个第一上行信道的优先级之后，本申请提供的方法还包括：
S115、终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的优先级为至少两个传输块分配上行功率。
具体的，S115可以通过以下方式实现：终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的优先级由高至低的顺序为至少两个传输块分配上行功率，其中，第一上行信道优先级高的传输块被分配的功率高于第一上行信道优先级低的传输块。第一上行信道优先级低的传输块所在上行信道的发送功率可能为0。
具体的，S115还可以通过以下方式实现：终端设备根据至少一个第一上行信道的 优先级由低至高的顺序丢弃上行信道，直到终端设备发送剩余数据块所在的上行信道发送功率之和小于或等于终端设备允许的最大发送功率，其中，第一上行信道优先级低的传输块的上行信道先被丢弃，第一上行信道优先级高的传输块的上行信道被发送。
具体的，本申请中的S115可以通过以下方式实现：
S1151、第二信息通过至少一个第二上行信道传输，第二信息与第一信息不同，至少一个第二上行信道与至少一个第一上行信道的时域位置重叠；其中，第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级。
具体的，终端设备确定至少一个第二上行信道的优先级。第二信息与第一信息不同，可以是信息不同或信息源不同。
终端设备根据至少一个第二上行信道的优先级和至少一个第一上行信道的优先级分配上行功率，至少一个第一上行信道的传输与至少一个第二上行信道的传输在时间上存在重叠。
可以理解为，若第二上行信道与第一上行信道没有重叠，则无需比较功率优先级，那么为第一上行信道分配功率的时候不考虑第二上行信道。可以理解为不会一同为第一上行信道与第二上行信道分配发送功率。
S1152、终端设备优先为至少一个第一上行信道分配上行功率。
可选的，终端设备根据是否为复制传输确定上行信道优先级。当至少第一上行信道为复制传输的上行信道时，至少一个第二上行信道为非复制传输的上行信道时，那么第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道优先级。进一步，当至少第一上行信道为复制传输的上行信道时，至少一个第二上行信道为复制传输的上行信道时，那么第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道优先级。可以按照以上第五参数来确定信道优先级。
可选的，当第二上行信道对应最多两个传输块，或，第二上行信道承载一个传输块时，第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级。可选的，在第二上行信道所在的时域资源内不存在传输第二信息的其他传输块，即终端设备不会在第二上行信道所在的时域资源内，或与第二上行信道所在的时域资源的重叠时域资源上发送其他承载第二信息的上行信道。
可选的，第二上行信道的数量小于第一上行信道的数量时，第一上行信道的优先级高于第二上行信道的优先级。第二上行信道的数量大于第一上行信道的数量时，第二上行信道的优先级高于第一上行信道的优先级。即，终端设备根据携带信息的上行信道的数量，确定上行信道的优先级。可以理解的是，当第一上行信道为D1个，第二上行信道为D2个，当D1大于D2时，第一上行信道的信道优先级高于第二上行信道的信道优先级。当D1小于D2时，第一上行信道的信道优先级低于第二上行信道。当D1等于D2时，可以认为第一上行信道的信道优先级等于第二上行信道的信道优先级，或者第一上行信道与第二上行信道通过第五参数的不同确定信道优先级。
可选的，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于终端设备的最大发送功率。即，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于终端设备的最大发送功率时，需要根据至少一个第一上行信道的信道优先级分配上行功率。
可选的，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于终端设备的最大发送功率。即，至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于终端设备的最大发送功率时，需要根据至少一个第一上行信道的信道优先级和至少一个第二上行信道分配上行功率。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如网络设备和终端设备，为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备和终端设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明：
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图6示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的结构示意图。终端设备包括：确定单元101和发送单元102。其中，确定单元101用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S101。发送单元102用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S102。
可选的，确定单元101，还用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S106、S1011、S1013、S111、S1111、S1112、S1113、S1114、S1115、S1116、S112、S114、S1141、S1142、S1151。
可选的，发送单元102，具体用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S1012、S1014。此外，终端设备还可以包括分配单元103以及接收单元104。
其中，该分配单元103用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S115、S1152。接收单元104用于支持终端设备执行上述实施例中的S110。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图7示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的结构示意图。网络设备包括：接收单元201和解码单元202。其中，接收单元201用于支持网络设备执行上述实施例中的S103。解码单元202用于支持网络设备执行上述实施例中的S104。
可选的，解码单元202具体用于支持网络设备执行上述实施例中的S1041、S1042以及S1043。此外，网络设备还可以包括发送单元203和确定单元204。其中，发送单元203用于支持网络设备执行上述实施例中的S105、S107、S109以及S113。上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分，实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上，也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现；也可以全部以硬件的形式实现；还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现，部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如，各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件，也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现，此外，也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中，由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起，也可以独立实现。这里的处理元件可以是一种集成电路，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。
在一个例子中，以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)等。再如，当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时，该处理元件可以是通用处理器，例如中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如，这些单元可以集成在一起，以片上系统(system-on-a-chip，SOC)的形式实现。
以上接收单元(或用于接收的单元)是一种该装置的接口电路，用于从其它装置接收信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上发送单元(或用于发送的单元)是一种该装置的接口电路，用于向其它装置发送信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。
如图8所示，其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端设备，用于实现以上实施例中终端设备的操作。如图8所示，该终端设备包括：天线310、射频装置320、基带装置330。天线310与射频装置320连接。在下行方向上，射频装置320通过天线310接收网络设备发送的信息，将网络设备发送的信息发送给基带装置330进行处理。在上行方向上，基带装置330对终端的信息进行处理，并发送给射频装置320，射频装置320对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线310向网络设备发送。
基带装置可以包括调制解调子系统，用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。还可以包括中央处理子系统，用于实现对终端操作系统以及应用层的处理。此外，还可以包括其它子系统，例如多媒体子系统，周边子系统等，其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端相机，屏幕显示等的控制，周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片，可选的，以上信息传输装置可以在该调制解调子系统上实现。
在一种实现中，图6所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现，例如基带装置330的某个子系统，例如调制解调子系统，包括处理元件331和存储元件332，处理元件331调用存储元件332存储的程序，以执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的方法。此外，该基带装置330还可以包括接口333，用于与射频装置320交互信息。具 体的，处理元件331用于执行上述实施例中的S1013、S111、S1111、S1112、S1113、S1114、S1115、S1116、S112、S114、S1141、S1142、S1151、S115、S1152；接口333用于执行上述实施例中的S102、S1012、S1014以及S110。
在另一种实现中，图6所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上终端设备执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件，这些处理元件设置于基带装置330的某个子系统上，例如调制解调子系统上，这里的处理元件可以为集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起，构成芯片。
例如，图6所示的各个单元可以集成在一起，以SOC的形式实现，例如，基带装置330包括SOC芯片，用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件331和存储元件332，由处理元件331调用存储元件332的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端执行的方法或图6所示各个单元的功能；或者，该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路，用于实现以上终端执行的方法或图6所示各个单元的功能；或者，可以结合以上实现方式，部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现，部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。
总之，以上用于终端设备的信息传输装置包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件，其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的终端设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式：即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤；也可以以第二种方式：即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤；当然，也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。
这里的处理元件同以上描述，可以是通用处理器，例如CPU，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等。存储元件可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称，接口333可以为通信接口或者收发器(即可以将发射器和接收器集成在一起称之为收发器)，具体的，当处理元件为处理器，接口333为收发器或收发电路，存储元件为存储器时，本申请提供的终端设备还可以为如图9所示的设备。
在图9中，收发器、至少一个处理器以及存储器通过总线相互连接；总线可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图9中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。其中，存储器用于存储终端设备的程序代码和数据。通信接口用于支持终端设备与其他设备(例如，网络设备)通信，处理器用于支持终端设备执行存储器中存储的程序代码和数据以实现本申请提供的一种信息发送方法。
如图10所示，其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的网络设备，用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图10所示，该网络设备包括：天线110、射频装置120、基带装置130。天线110与射频装置120连接。在上行方向上，射频装置120通过天线110接收终端设备发送的信息，将终端设备发送的信息发送给基带装置130进行处理。在下行方向上，基带装置130对终端设备的 信息进行处理，并发送给射频装置120，射频装置120对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线110发送给终端设备。
基带装置130可以为物理上的一个装置，也可以包括物理上分开的至少两个装置。基带装置130可以和射频装置120集成在一起，也可以物理上分开。基带装置130可以包括至少一个基带板，基带板上可以集成多个处理元件，以实现基带处理功能。该网络设备为RAN设备，例如为LTE系统中的eNB，此时基带装置130可以为eNB中的基带装置；再如，该网络设备可以为图2或图3所示的RAN设备，基带装置可以为DU节点。
以上信息传输装置可以位于基带装置130，在一种实现中，图7所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现，例如基带装置130包括处理元件131和存储元件132，处理元件131调用存储元件132存储的程序，以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法，例如，S110。此外，该基带装置130还可以包括接口133，用于与射频装置120交互信息，该接口例如为CPRI，当基带装置130与射频装置120物理上布置在一起时，该接口可以为板内接口，或板间接口，这里的板是指电路板，该接口133用于执行S103、S105、S107、S109以及S113，处理元件131用于执行S104、S1041、S1042以及S1043。
在另一种实现中，图7所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上网络设备执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件，这些处理元件设置于基带装置130上，这里的处理元件可以为集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起，构成芯片。
例如，图7所示的各个单元可以集成在一起，以SOC的形式实现，例如，基带装置130包括SOC芯片，用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件111和存储元件132，由处理元件131调用存储元件132的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图7所示各个单元的功能。或者，该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路，用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图7所示各个单元的功能。或者，可以结合以上实现方式，部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现，部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。
总之，以上用于网络设备的信息传输装置包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件，其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上实施例所提供的网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式：即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤；也可以以第二种方式：即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤，例如，上述S103、S105、S107、S109以及S113，处理元件131用于执行S104、S1041、S1042以及S1043；当然，也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。
这里的处理元件同以上描述，可以是通用处理器，例如CPU，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA等。
存储元件可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
如图11所示，其为本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的网络设备，用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。
如图11所示，该网络设备包括：处理器210，存储器220，和接口230，处理器210、存储器220和接口230通过总线240连接，该总线可以通过连接电路来实现。其中，存储器220用于存储程序，该程序被处理器210调用时，可以实现以上实施例中网络设备执行的方法。接口230用于实现与其它网络设备的通信。
以上信息传输装置位于该网络设备中，且各个单元的功能可以通过处理器210调用存储器220中存储的程序来实现。即，以上信息传输装置包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储程序，该程序被处理器调用，以执行以上方法实施例中的方法。这里的处理器，可以是通用处理器，例如CPU，还可以是其它可以调用程序的处理器；或者该处理器可以被配置成实施以上实施例中网络设备执行方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个ASIC，或，一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列FPGA等。存储器的数量不做限制，可以是一个也可以是多个。
图12是本发明实施例提供的芯片系统150的结构示意图。芯片系统150包括至少一个处理器1510和接口电路1530。
可选的，该芯片系统150还包括存储器1550，存储器1550可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1510提供操作指令和数据。存储器1550的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。
在一些实施方式中，存储器1550存储了如下的元素，可执行模块或者数据结构，或者他们的子集，或者他们的扩展集：
在本发明实施例中，通过调用存储器1550存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中)，执行相应的操作。
一种可能的实现方式为：终端设备和网络设备所用的芯片系统的结构类似，不同的装置可以使用不同的芯片系统以实现各自的功能。
处理器1510控制终端设备和网络设备的操作，处理器1510还可以称为CPU。存储器1550可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1510提供指令和数据。存储器1550的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(non-volatile random access memory，NVRAM)。具体的应用中存储器1550、接口电路1530以及存储器1550通过总线系统1520耦合在一起，其中总线系统1520除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图11中将各种总线都标为总线系统1520。
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1510中，或者由处理器1510实现。处理器1510可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1510中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1510可以是通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软 件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1550，处理器1510读取存储器1550中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可选地，接口电路1530用于执行图4、图5所示的实施例中的网络设备和终端设备的接收和发送的步骤。
处理器1510用于执行图4、图5所示的实施例中的网络设备和终端设备的处理的步骤。
在上述实施例中，存储器存储的供处理器执行的指令可以以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品可以是事先写入在存储器中，也可以是以软件形式下载并安装在存储器中。
计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk，SSD)等。
一方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，使得终端设备执行实施例中的S1013、S111、S1111、S1112、S1113、S1114、S1115、S1116、S112、S114、S1141、S1142、S1151、S115、S1152、S102、S1012、S1014以及S110。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由终端设备执行的过程。
又一方面，提供一种计算机存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，使得网络设备执行实施例中的S103、S105、S107、S109、S113、S104、S1041、S1042以及S1043。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络设备执行的过程。
一方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，使得终端设备执行实施例中的S1013、S111、S1111、S1112、S1113、S1114、S1115、S1116、S112、S114、S1141、S1142、S1151、S115、S1152、S102、S1012、S1014以及S110。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由终端设备执行的过程。
又一方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，使得网络设备执行实施例中的S103、S105、S107、S109、S113、S104、S1041、S1042以及S1043。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络设备执行的过程。
一方面，提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统应用于终端设备中，芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联，处理器用于运行指令，以执行实施例中的S1013、S111、S1111、S1112、S1113、S1114、S1115、S1116、S112、S114、S1141、S1142、S1151、S115、S1152、S102、S1012、S1014以及S110。 和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由终端设备执行的过程。
又一方面，提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统应用于网络设备中，芯片系统包括至少一个处理器和接口电路，接口电路和至少一个处理器通过线路互联，处理器用于运行指令，以执行实施例中实施例中的S103、S105、S107、S109、S113、S104、S1041、S1042以及S1043。和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他由网络设备执行的过程。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种信息发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定至少两个传输块；
    所述终端设备通过所述至少两个传输块发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项；
    其中，所述至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载所述第一信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述至少两个传输块，包括：
    所述终端设备确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    第一时间段；
    带宽区域BWP；
    预编码矩阵参数；
    网络标识；
    参考信号；
    小区索引；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示复制传输的传输块；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述至少两个传输块。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和所述第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的联合标识，所述终端设备根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述至少两个传输块，包括：
    所述终端设备将多个传输块中传输块的标识与所述第一指示信息所指示的联合标识关联传输块确定为所述至少两个传输块；
    或者，
    所述终端设备将与所述第一指示信息所指示的联合标识相同的传输块确定为所述至少两个传输块。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收下行控制信息DCI，所述DCI包括所述联合标识，所述DCI用于指示至少两个传输块。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述至少两个传输块，包括：
    所述终端设备确定第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    传输块的大小；
    混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；
    新数据指示NDI；
    HARQ-确认ACK资源；
    冗余版本RV；
    时域和/或频域资源；
    第一定时器启动时间；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示复制传输的传输块；
    所述终端设备根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述至少两个传输块。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块对应至少一个第一上行信道，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备确定所述至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，所述第一上行信道的优先级用于上行功率分配。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，包括：
    所述终端设备确定对应于所述至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：调制编码方式、物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级、初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH、路损值比例因子和/或路损值、所在的小区或载波或BWP；
    所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，确定所述至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，第二信息通过至少一个第二上行信道传输，所述第二信息与所述第一信息不同，所述至少一个第二上行信道与所述至少一个第一上行信道的时域位置重叠；
    其中，所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二上行信道的数量小于所述第一上行信道的数量。
  12. 根据权利要求8-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于最大发送功率；或者，所述至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与所述第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于最大发送功率。
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备确定第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块 组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与通过第一传输块组传输的第一信息不同，所述第一传输块组和所述第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，所述至少两个传输块中除所述一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传；
    所述至少两个传输块均用于重传；所述至少两个传输块均用于初传。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定至少两个传输块之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，所述信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
  16. 一种信息接收方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块；
    所述网络设备解码通过所述至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，所述第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项，其中，所述网络设备解码通过所述至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，包括：
    所述网络设备解码所述至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，得到所述第一信息，和/或，所述网络设备对所述至少两个传输块中多个传输块，联合解码得到所述第一信息。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    第一时间段；
    带宽区域BWP；
    预编码矩阵参数；
    网络标识；
    参考信号；
    小区索引；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示复制传输的传输块。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块：
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和所述第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示对 应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    传输块的大小；
    混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；
    新数据指示NDI；
    HARQ-确认ACK资源；
    冗余版本RV；
    时域和/或频域资源；
    第一定时器启动时间；
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示复制传输的传输块。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
  21. 根据权利要求16-20任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块均用于初传；或者，所述至少两个传输块均用于重传；或者，所述至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，所述至少两个传输块中除所述一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传。
  22. 根据权利要求16-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，所述信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
  23. 根据权利要求16-22任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过所述第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与所述第一信息不同，所述第一传输块组和所述第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  24. 根据权利要求1-15、16-23任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  25. 一种无线装置，其特征在于，包括：
    确定单元，用于确定至少两个传输块；
    发送单元，用于通过所述至少两个传输块向网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项；
    其中，所述至少两个传输块中每个传输块承载所述第一信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元，用于确定第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参 数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    第一时间段；
    带宽区域BWP；
    预编码矩阵参数；
    网络标识；
    参考信号；
    小区索引；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示用于复制传输的传输块；
    所述确定单元，用于根据第一指示信息，确定所述至少两个传输块。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和所述第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的联合标识，所述确定单元，具体用于将多个传输块中传输块的标识与所述第一指示信息所指示的联合标识关联传输块确定为所述至少两个传输块；或者，所述确定单元，具体用于将与所述第一指示信息所指示的联合标识相同的传输块确定为所述至少两个传输块。
  29. 根据权利要求25-28任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元，用于确定第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    传输块的大小；
    混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；
    新数据指示NDI；
    HARQ-确认ACK资源；
    冗余版本RV；
    时域和/或频域资源；
    第一定时器启动时间；
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示用于复制传输的传输块；
    所述确定单元，还用于根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述至少两个传输块。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
  31. 根据权利要求25-30任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块 对应至少一个第一上行信道，确定单元，还用于确定所述至少一个第一上行信道的优先级，所述第一上行信道的优先级用于上行功率分配。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置，其特征在于，所述确定单元，具体用于确定对应于所述至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：调制编码方式、物理下行控制信道PDCCH控制信道元素CCE等级、初始配置发送功率P O_PUSCH、路损值比例因子和/或路损值、所在的小区或载波或BWP；
    所述确定单元，还用于根据所述至少一个第一上行信道的至少一个参数的参数值，确定所述至少一个第一上行信道的优先级。
  33. 根据权利要求25-32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，第二信息通过至少一个第二上行信道传输，所述第二信息与所述第一信息不同，所述至少一个第二上行信道与所述至少一个第一上行信道的时域位置重叠；
    其中，所述第一上行信道的优先级高于所述第二上行信道的优先级。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二上行信道的数量小于所述第一上行信道的数量。
  35. 根据权利要求25-34任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率大于或等于最大发送功率；或者，所述至少一个第一上行信道的发送功率与所述第二上行信道的发送功率之和大于或等于最大发送功率。
  36. 根据权利要求25-35任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块属于第一传输块组，所述装置还包括：
    接收单元，用于接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过所述第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与所述第一信息不同，所述第一传输块组和所述第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  37. 根据权利要求25-36任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，所述至少两个传输块中除所述一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传；或，
    所述至少两个传输块均用于重传；或，所述至少两个传输块均用于初传。
  38. 根据权利要求25-37任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，接收单元，还用于接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，所述信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
  39. 一种无线装置，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收终端设备发送的至少两个传输块；
    解码单元，用于解码通过所述至少两个传输块传输的第一信息，所述至少两个传输块中传输有第一信息，所述第一信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项，其中，所述解码单元，具体用于执行以下任意一个步骤：解码所述至少两个传输块中的至少一个传输块，得到所述第一信息，和/或，对所述至少两个传输块中多个传输块，联合解码得到所述第一信息。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    发送单元，用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示 对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    第一时间段；
    带宽区域BWP；
    预编码矩阵参数；
    网络标识；
    参考信号；
    小区索引；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块：
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第一参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第一参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第一指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第二参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和所述第二传输块对应的第二参数的参数值相同。
  42. 根据权利要求39-41任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，发送单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示对应于所述至少两个传输块的至少一个参数的参数值，所述至少一个参数包含以下参数中的一个或多个：
    传输块的大小；
    混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号；
    新数据指示NDI；
    HARQ-确认ACK资源；
    冗余版本RV；
    时域和/或频域资源；
    第一定时器启动时间；和，
    联合标识，所述联合标识用于指示用于联合解码的传输块。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块包括第一传输块和第二传输块；
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第三参数对应多个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第三参数的参数值不同；和/或，
    所述第二指示信息指示所述至少一个参数中的第四参数对应一个参数值，所述第一传输块和第二传输块对应的第四参数的参数值相同。
  44. 根据权利要求39-43任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块均用于初传，或，至少两个传输块均用于重传，或，所述至少两个传输块中一个传输块用于初传，所述至少两个传输块中除所述一个传输块之外的其余传输块用于重传。
  45. 根据权利要求39-44任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，发送单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备能够通过两个或两个以上的传输块复制传输信息，所述信息包括数据和控制信息中的至少一项。
  46. 根据权利要求39-45任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块 属于第一传输块组，所述发送单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示对应于第二传输块组的至少一个参数的参数值，其中，通过第二传输块组包括的至少一个传输块传输的第二信息与所述第一信息不同，所述第一传输块组和所述第二传输块组所在时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  47. 根据权利要求26-38、39-46任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述至少两个传输块所在的时域资源部分重叠或全部重叠。
  48. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被运行时，以实现上述权利要求1-15任一项所述的信息发送方法；或以实现上述权利要求16-24任一项所述的信息接收方法。
PCT/CN2019/071470 2018-01-12 2019-01-11 一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置 WO2019137500A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19738022.3A EP3716514A4 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-01-11 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION
US16/925,534 US11533153B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2020-07-10 Methods for transmitting information using at least two transport blocks

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810032510.5 2018-01-12
CN201810032510.5A CN110034864B (zh) 2018-01-12 2018-01-12 一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/925,534 Continuation US11533153B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2020-07-10 Methods for transmitting information using at least two transport blocks

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019137500A1 true WO2019137500A1 (zh) 2019-07-18

Family

ID=67218243

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/071470 WO2019137500A1 (zh) 2018-01-12 2019-01-11 一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US11533153B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3716514A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN110034864B (zh)
WO (1) WO2019137500A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113490287A (zh) * 2019-07-26 2021-10-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 竞争窗口的确定方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质
EP4013101A4 (en) * 2019-08-20 2022-10-19 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZING METHOD AND DEVICE
TWI807820B (zh) * 2021-05-11 2023-07-01 新加坡商聯發科技（新加坡）私人有限公司 下行資料通道分組傳輸及確認方法、裝置和電腦可讀介質

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10708938B2 (en) * 2016-10-31 2020-07-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Transmission of UL control channels with dynamic structures
CN108988995B (zh) * 2017-06-02 2020-07-24 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输的方法和装置
CN111818644A (zh) * 2019-07-23 2020-10-23 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信道发送方法及设备
CN112351494A (zh) * 2019-08-08 2021-02-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 数据传输方法、装置、相关设备及存储介质
EP4027554A4 (en) * 2019-09-24 2022-09-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A DATA TRANSMISSION RESOURCE
CN111448840B (zh) * 2020-03-16 2024-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN114363870A (zh) * 2020-04-29 2022-04-15 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及通信设备
US20210376977A1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Reference signal grouping for full-duplex operation
CN116405173A (zh) * 2021-04-26 2023-07-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN115767621A (zh) * 2021-09-03 2023-03-07 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法及通信装置
WO2023098464A1 (zh) * 2021-12-03 2023-06-08 华为技术有限公司 数据传输的方法和装置

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102006623A (zh) * 2009-09-02 2011-04-06 华为技术有限公司 发送和接收数据的方法、装置及系统
WO2014180372A1 (zh) * 2013-09-26 2014-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种传输系统信息的方法、基站及终端
CN104640211A (zh) * 2013-11-08 2015-05-20 电信科学技术研究院 一种发送和接收数据的方法、系统及设备
CN104935401A (zh) * 2014-03-21 2015-09-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 一种设备对设备通信中用于传输数据的方法和设备
CN105703891A (zh) * 2014-11-28 2016-06-22 电信科学技术研究院 一种进行数据传输的方法和设备

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2103000B1 (en) * 2007-01-09 2018-08-22 Nokia Technologies Oy Power for uplink acknowledgment transmission
EP2234308A1 (en) * 2009-03-23 2010-09-29 Panasonic Corporation Retransmission mode signaling in a wireless communication system
US20110103247A1 (en) * 2009-11-02 2011-05-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel status reporting
CN102123399B (zh) * 2010-01-08 2014-01-01 华为技术有限公司 调度请求的方法及装置
JP5097793B2 (ja) * 2010-04-30 2012-12-12 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ 基地局装置、移動端末装置および通信制御方法
WO2011139058A2 (en) * 2010-05-04 2011-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of control indication in multi-input multi-output communication systems
KR101688546B1 (ko) * 2010-09-29 2016-12-21 삼성전자주식회사 Ｌｔｅ시스템에서 ｐｈｉｃｈ에 의한 역방향 ｍｉｍｏ 재전송을 위한 송수신 방법 및 장치
US9042327B2 (en) * 2010-11-18 2015-05-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting control information and a device therefor
TWI646812B (zh) * 2012-01-24 2019-01-01 內數位專利控股公司 無線傳輸/接收單元、在無線傳輸/接收單元中實施的方法以及網路節點
US10039088B2 (en) * 2012-01-26 2018-07-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for scheduling communication for low capability devices
CN103384177B (zh) 2012-05-02 2017-06-20 华为技术有限公司 数据包传输方法及系统、用户设备与基站
EP3119151A1 (en) * 2014-03-13 2017-01-18 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device, base station device, and integrated circuit
CN106464709B (zh) 2014-12-29 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 传输帧的发送、接收方法及装置、设备
US10285068B2 (en) * 2015-04-08 2019-05-07 Nokia Technologies Oy eNB controlled UE based conditional carrier selection
US10326493B2 (en) * 2015-05-13 2019-06-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Control channel transmission and frequency error correction
CN107615828B (zh) * 2015-05-15 2021-10-26 夏普株式会社 终端装置、基站装置以及方法
CN107852718A (zh) * 2015-07-15 2018-03-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 用户终端、无线基站以及无线通信方法
JP2019195113A (ja) * 2016-09-02 2019-11-07 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置、通信方法、および、集積回路
US11363569B2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2022-06-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Logical channel mapping with packet duplication
US20190082456A1 (en) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method for transmitting and receiving uplink data channel, and apparatus thereof
US11277862B2 (en) * 2017-10-26 2022-03-15 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Activation and deactivation of configured grant
CA3022244A1 (en) * 2017-10-27 2019-04-27 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Group common dci for wireless resources
CN110034848B (zh) * 2018-01-12 2021-03-23 华为技术有限公司 一种信息传输方法和装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102006623A (zh) * 2009-09-02 2011-04-06 华为技术有限公司 发送和接收数据的方法、装置及系统
WO2014180372A1 (zh) * 2013-09-26 2014-11-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种传输系统信息的方法、基站及终端
CN104640211A (zh) * 2013-11-08 2015-05-20 电信科学技术研究院 一种发送和接收数据的方法、系统及设备
CN104935401A (zh) * 2014-03-21 2015-09-23 上海贝尔股份有限公司 一种设备对设备通信中用于传输数据的方法和设备
CN105703891A (zh) * 2014-11-28 2016-06-22 电信科学技术研究院 一种进行数据传输的方法和设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3716514A4

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113490287A (zh) * 2019-07-26 2021-10-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 竞争窗口的确定方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质
CN113490287B (zh) * 2019-07-26 2023-08-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 竞争窗口的确定方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质
EP4013101A4 (en) * 2019-08-20 2022-10-19 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZING METHOD AND DEVICE
TWI807820B (zh) * 2021-05-11 2023-07-01 新加坡商聯發科技（新加坡）私人有限公司 下行資料通道分組傳輸及確認方法、裝置和電腦可讀介質

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3716514A4 (en) 2021-01-20
US11533153B2 (en) 2022-12-20
CN110034864B (zh) 2021-01-15
CN110034864A (zh) 2019-07-19
EP3716514A1 (en) 2020-09-30
US20200344031A1 (en) 2020-10-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019137500A1 (zh) 一种信息发送方法、接收方法和装置
WO2019137506A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法和装置
JP6651533B2 (ja) 拡張キャリアアグリゲーションのためのソフトバッファ管理
JP6999689B2 (ja) データ伝送方法、端末装置及びネットワーク機器
TWI466557B (zh) 處理用於載波集成之軟性緩衝器的方法及其通訊裝置
KR20220047997A (ko) 전송 방법, 장치, 통신 노드 및 매체
JP6594994B2 (ja) ミッションクリティカルなアプリケーションのためのイベントトリガ型マルチリンクチャネル品質測定および報告
JP6644912B2 (ja) 短レイテンシ高速再送信トリガ
WO2019028684A1 (zh) 通信方法与设备
WO2013178187A2 (zh) 信息的处理方法及装置
US20220263606A1 (en) Ntn-based data transmission method and apparatus and storage medium
WO2018201504A1 (zh) 数据反馈方法及相关设备
WO2021056589A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2015013965A1 (zh) 一种数据传输资源配置的方法和设备
WO2019114730A1 (zh) 数据收发的方法、装置和通信系统
JP2023520688A (ja) サイドリンク伝送方法及び装置
WO2022117102A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法、接收方法、终端和网络设备
WO2022117103A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法、接收方法、终端和网络设备
JP7195376B2 (ja) 集積回路
WO2020156002A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
JP2023525249A (ja) サイドリンクフィードバック情報の送受信方法及び装置
WO2023134661A1 (zh) Uci传输方法、终端、网络设备、装置及存储介质
WO2023134572A1 (zh) 上行传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2022206356A1 (zh) 复用传输方法、装置及存储介质
WO2023065151A1 (zh) 边链路反馈信息的发送和接收方法以及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19738022

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019738022

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200624

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE